taschenbuch_gb_02

1

The RMG Group of Companies:Serving the Gas Industry - WORLDWIDE

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHgas pressure regulators and safety devicesOsterholzstrasse 45, D-34123 Kassel, GermanyTelephone (++49 ) 561 5007-0, Fax (++49) 561 5007-107

RMG Messtechnik GmbHhigh accuracy metering systems, electronic corrector systems, odorizersOtto-Hahn-Strasse 5, D-35510 Butzbach, GermanyTelephone (++49) 6033 897-0, Fax (++49) 6033 897-130

Karl Wieser GmbHdata logging and recording, peak control systems, complete station managementworks1: Anzinger Strasse 14, D-85560 Ebersbergworks2: Heinrich-Lanz-Strasse 9, D-67259 Beindersheim, GermanyTelephone (++49) 8092 2097-0, Fax (++49) 8092 2097-10

WÄGA Wärme-Gastechnik GmbHdesign and assembly of gas pressure regulating and metering stationsOsterholzstrasse 45, D-34123 Kassel, GermanyTelephone (++49) 561 5007-0, Fax (++49) 561 5007-207

RMG-GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbHgas pressure regulating equipment, gas pressure regulating and metering stationsJulius-Pintsch-Ring 3, D-15517 Fuerstenwalde, GermanyTelephone (++49) 3361 356-600, Fax (++49) 3361 356-836

Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.gas pressure regulating equipment, (underground) gas control modulesEnterprise Drive, Holmewood, Chesterfield S42 5UZ, EnglandTelephone (++44) 1246 501-501, Fax (++44) 1246 501-500

Bryan Donkin RMG Co. of Canada Ltd.domestic service regulators and corresponding safety devices50 Clarke Street South, Woodstock, Ontario N4S 7Y5, CanadaTelephone (++1) 519 539 8531, Fax (++1) 519 537 3339

You are also welcome to visit us on the internet:http://www.rmg.de, e-mail [email protected]

2

Preface

The 13th edition gives you up-to-date information gas presure reducing and flow measure-ment equipment . The booklet includes products of the newest RMG developments, giving acomplete overview of the RMG product and service range. Basic technical data has beencollected in the RMG booklet. The stated characteristics, ranges and values were valid at thetime this edition was being produced, but we reserve the right for technical improvements.

Hint for planning engineers:It is possible to choose the correct device needed either from the booklet, or by using thedetermination modules on the internet or the RMG CD-ROM. If you need further information,we are at your disposal to give you all the further details you require and to send youcorresponding leaflets on any product:The leaflets “General Description *.00“ give exact measurements, connection details, a de-scription of the working principle, etc.. Example for RMG 402: leaflet 402.00 (please alsorefer to the linked PDF-files on the internet and the RMG CD-ROM).The set-up instructions given in the „General Operating Instructions for Gas Pressure Regu-lators and Safety Devices“ should also be observed. Important extracts are to be found onpages 372 ff.Moreover, our engineers are at your service to pass on any technical advice which could beof any help. We also invite you to participate in our seminars which offer you another greatpossibility for increasing your knowledge about gas pressure regulating and meteringsystems.

May this RMG booklet be of valuable assistance to your daily work!

Kassel, May 2002

Copyright

The contents of the RMG booklet are copyright-protected. Any reproduction or distribution -even parts thereof - needs a written authorization by RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHKassel.

Responsibility

The RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBH cannot be made responsible for any misprints.We reserve the right for technical changes.

Preface to the 13th edition

3

Overview

Chapter page

PRESSURE REGULATIONdesignation and criteria of gas pressure regulators 12

RMG regulators and safety devicesgas pressure regulators and flow control valves 22pilots for pilot-operated gas pressure regulators 95station automation 126actuators for safety shut-off valves 134safety shut-off valves, safety relief valves 148filters, push-button valves, testing valves, etc. 176gas pressure regulating modules for gas motors 196

BD-RMG regulators and safety devicesgas pressure regulators 202safety devices and accessories 248

FLOW METERINGvolume meters 283sensor systems for pressure, temperature, density, etc. 302electronic corrector systems, Flow-Computers 314

DATA LOGGING AND RECORDINGrecording, transfer and evaluation 322load control systems, data evaluating software 325additional systems (data logger, supervising computer, etc.) 330

FLAME ARRESTORSflame arrestor systems 334

STATIONS AND ACCESSORIESstation accessories: odorizing systems, pre-heaters, etc. 340below-ground gas control modules (UKA) 350standardized stations of the RMG Group of Companies 356installation examples 360

BASICS, DEFINITIONS, AND CONVERSION TABLES“General Operating Instructions ...“ (excerpt), lubricants, tools 372general conversion tables 382conversion tables for the gas industry 390RMG-publications (list) 398useful information 402

space for own notes 404

4

Page

PRESSURE REGULATIONDesignation and Criteria of Gas Pressure Regulators

Calculation of Flowrate Coefficients 12Conversion to Other Gases 14Diagram for Flow Rate Coefficient (KG-value) Determination 15Determination of Pipe Size DN and Gas Velocity 16Principal Data and Criteria for Gas Pressure Regulators 19

RMG regulators and safety devicesSeries 200 Small Regulators (Pressure Reducing Valves)

RMG 200 22RMG 201 25RMG 202 27RMG 210 (R 10 d) 29RMG 213 (D 36 Hb) 31RMG 214 (D 144 a) 33RMG 218 (D 118 aV) 36RMG 219 (D 119 a) 39RMG 265 41RMG 266 43RMG 267 44RMG 268 45

Series 300 Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 16 (ANSI 150)RMG 300 46RMG 320 48RMG 322 52RMG 330 55RMG 332 58RMG 342 61RMG 361 63

Series 400 Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 40 (ANSI 300)RMG 402 65RMG 408 68RMG 409 71RMG 430 74

Comments on Inlet Pressure Range ∆pe 76

Contents

5

Contents

Page

Series 500 Gas Pressure Regulators up to ANSI 600RMG 502 78RMG 503 80RMG 505 83RMG 512 86

Motor-Driven Flow Control ValvesRMG 530 (DN 25/50 to DN 150) 89RMG 530 (DN 200/300 to DN 400/600) 91RMG 152 - Electronic Steering for Flow Control Valves 93

Series 600 Pilots for Pilot-Operated Gas Pressure RegulatorsTable of Determination 95RMG 610 (RS 10 d) 96RMG 620 100RMG 630 102RMG 631 104RMG 638 106RMG 640 108RMG 650 110RMG 651, RMG 656, RMG 659 112RMG 652 114RMG 655 116RMG 655 So 118RMG 658 121RMG 658 So 123

Station AutomationOverview 126Compact System SCS 2001 127Station Control System SCS 2200 128Station Control System SCS 2500 130Pulse Modulator RMG 110 132

6

Page

Series 600 Actuators for Safety Shut-Off DevicesOverview Table 134Notes on the Re-Engagement Differential 135RMG 670/671 K 16, K 17, K 18 136RMG 672 K 10a, K 11a/1, K 11a/2, K 12, K 13 138RMG 673 K 1a, K 2a 142RMG 674 K 4, K 5, K 6 144RMG 675 K 15 146

Series 700 Safety Shut-Off Valves- for Gas Pressure Regulating Lines

Overview Table 148RMG 703 150RMG 704 152RMG 711 (DN 25 to DN 150) 154RMG 711 (DN 200 to DN 300) 156RMG 720 158RMG 721 160RMG 730 162RMG 731 164

- for Pre-Heater Hot-Water CircuitsRMG 790 166

Series 800 Safety Relief ValvesOverview Table 168RMG 832 169RMG 835 170RMG 850 172RMG 873 174

Series 900 Filters, Valves and Other Functional Elements- Pre-Heater for Pilots

RMG 900 176- Filters

RMG 905 177RMG 906 178RMG 907 180

Contents

7

Contents

page

Series 900 (continued)- Valves

RMG 910 182RMG 911 183RMG 912 184RMG 914 185RMG 915 186RMG 916 187RMG 917 188RMG 919 190

- Noise-reducing Outlet DuctRMG 920 191

- Protecting Device for Overpressure in GaugesRMG 925 193

- Steering UnitRMG 951 194

Special Appliances and Accessories (List) 195

Gas Pressure Regulating Modules for Gas MotorsOverview 196Single Components for Gas Motors

RMG 980 197RMG 981 198RMG 985 199RMG 992 200

BD-RMG Regulators, Safety Devices, and AccessoriesGas Pressure Regulators

BD-RMG 225 202Series BD-RMG 226, 226H, 226A, 226SD 203BD-RMG 240 209BD-RMG 241 211BD-RMG 260 213BD-RMG 265 215BD-RMG 270 216BD-RMG 274 219BD-RMG 276 221BD-RMG 277 223

8

Contents

Page

Gas Pressure Regulators (continued)BD-RMG 204 225BD-RMG 280 / 280-309 227BD-RMG 281 231BD-RMG 282 232BD-RMG 284, 285 234BD-RMG 680, 680 H 236BD-RMG 682 H 240BD-RMG 684 241BD-RMG 683 243BD-RMG 800 “Maxflo“ 245

Safety Shut-Off ValvesBD-RMG 305 248BD-RMG 303 250BD-RMG 304 252BD-RMG 309 254BD-RMG 315 257

Safety Relief ValvesBD-RMG 205 259Series BD-RMG 226 R, HR, VR 261BD-RMG 680R MK2-EVA 268BD-RMG 684R 270

FiltersBD-RMG 121 272BD-RMG 122 273BD-RMG 123 274BD-RMG 124 275BD-RMG 126 276

Check ValvesBD-RMG 580 277BD-RMG 585 278

Non-Return ValvesBD-RMG 590 279BD-RMG NRV 50 280

Electronic Clocking PilotsBD-RMG 184 - 189 281

9

Seite

FLOW METERINGVolume Meters

Overview 283RMG 132-A rotary displacement meter 284RMG 130 (Z 01-A) rotary displacement meter 286IG 02 pulse transmitter 287TRZ 03 turbine meter 288TRZ 03 L turbine meter 290TRZ 03 K volumeter 292TERZ 91 electronic volumeter 294WZ 07 flowmeter 296WBZ 08 vortex meter 298USZ 08 ultrasonic flow meter 300

Sensor Systemsthermometer PT 100 302pressure transmitter 303DG 08 density transmitter 304NDG 08 standard density transducer 305NDG 08T standard density transmitter 306WOM 2000 S wobbe index meter 307VOS 07 sound velocity measuring instrument 308VOS 08 T velocity of sound transmitter 310EMC 500 measuring device (stand. density and cal. value) 311PGC 900 BBQ process gas chromatograph 312PGC 9000 VC process gas chromatograph 313

Electronic Correctors, Flow ComputersEC 694 compact corrector 314EC 994 corrector 316ERZ 2200 corrector 318Flow Computer Series ERZ 9000 „Turbo“ 320

Contents

10

page

DATA LOGGING AND RECORDINGTariff Recorders and Evaluating Systems

MRG 800 data recording system 322MRG 2100 data recording system 323MRG 2200 data recording system 324TW 2101 load control system 325software for data evaluation 326

accessoriesDS 900 data logger 330FE 06 Flow-Computer control system 331FE 09 supervising computer 332CS 900 counter unit 333

FLAME ARRESTORSRMG 930 flame arrestor 334RMG 932 flame arrestor 335RMG 933 flame arrestor 336RMG 934 flame arrestor 337

STATIONS AND ACCESSORIES Odorizers, Pre-heaters etc.

- Odorizing Systems and AccessoriesGOE 2000 odourizer 340GOE 07 odourizer 3417 EU, 7 IG pulse control units for gas odourizing units 342device cabinets 343RHZ 02 - SH 800 room heating system 344

- Pre-Heaterdetermination of heat quantity 345pre-heater type EV 346

- Filtercellular filter (please also refer to pages 177 ff.) 348

Below-Ground Gas Control Modules (UKA)- RMG-UKA overview 350

RMG-UKA “Krysalis“ 351RMG-UKA “Krysalis 16“ 352RMG-UKA “280 Vector Module“ 354RMG-UKA “402 Vector Module“ 355

Contents

11

Contents

page

Standardized Stations of the RMG Group of Companies- overview 356

type 22 358type 26, type 27 359

Installation Examplesfloor plan scheme 360set-up examples 362

BASICS, DEFINITIONS, AND CONVERSION TABLESGeneral Operating Instructions ... (excerpt) 372

lubricants 378assembly tools 379

General Conversion Tablesmeasuring units defined by law 382units of length 383units of area 384units of volume 385units of mass, units of force 386units of pressure and stress 387units of energy, units of power 388comparison table for temperatures 389

Conversion Tables for Gas Supplyspecific values for technical gases 390standard atmosphere 392pressure ranges 393flange dimensions 394volume contents of pipelines 396

RMG Publications (German list) 398

Useful Information 402

Space for Own Notes 404

12

The valve flowrate coefficient KG is an important parameter for the choice of RMG gaspressure regulators

The KG-value indicates the flowrate of the valve in full open position under an absolute inletpressure of pe = 2 bar and an absolute outlet pressure of pa =1 bar. The KG-value is deter-mined under standard conditions on a test stand with air as a gaseous medium. The KG-value is a factor which indicates the flowrate capacity of a gas pressure regulator.

All KG-values stated in the RMG-leaflets refer to natural gas as a flowrate medium(ρρρρρn = 0.83 kg/m3).

The diagram on page 15 shows the graphic method to determine the flowrate coefficient KGrequired for given service data of

min. inlet pressure pe minmax. outlet pressure pa maxmax. flowrate qn max

This graphic determination is based on the following formulas for approximate flowratecalculation valid for natural gas:

flowrate coefficient KG for flowrate coefficient KG forsubcritical pressure drop supercritical pressure drop

Pressure for the formulas to be inserted in absolute values; pressure in diagram to be readas overpressures.

Pressure Regulation Regulator Designation

Flowrate Coefficients

calculation of flowrate coefficients

pa pa 0,5 0,5pe pe

KG = in m3/h KG = in m3/h2 • qn

pepa·(pe - pa)

qn

13

Note! The flowrate coefficient of the regulator chosen should always be higher thanthe flowrate coefficient determined from the diagram or calculated throughthe formulas in order to ensure sufficient reserve capacity for the regulatingoperation. We recommend to choose a regulator with a flowrate coefficient ofapproximately 10% above the required value.

Attention! For regulators with internal measuring impulse the gas velocity in the outletduct (measuring point of outlet pressure) should not exceed v = 20 m/s.Please also refer to the „General Operating Instructions for Gas PressureRegulators and Safety Devices, Examples of installations“ (extract see page372)

In the general regulating and metering terminology the flowrate capacity of a valve canalsobe indicated by its kvs-value. The relation between kvs and KG is given in ithe followingequation:



KG = 34 · kvs in m3/h

14

example: (diagram page 15)

given: max. inlet pressure pe max = 60 barmin. inlet pressure pe min = 10 barmax. outlet pressure pa max = 2 barrequired max. flow qn max = 10 000 m3/h

read from diagram: required valve flow rate coefficient KG = 1600 m3/hregulator chosen: gas pressure regulator RMG 512 - DN 50 with KG = 2000 m3/h

qn Gasqn nat. gas = in m3/h

f


Conversion to Other Gases

For other gases, the flowrate should be converted into the equivalent natural gas flowrate:

conversion factor f = 0,83/ρρρρρn gas

ethylene 0.97 carbon dioxyde 0.65

acetylene 0.84 air 0.80

ethane 0.78 methane 1.08

ammonia 1.04 town gas 0.23

butane 0.55 propane 0.64

chlorine 0.51 oxygen 0.76

landfill gas 0.81 sulphur dioxide 0.53

helium 2.15 nitrogen 0.81

sewer gas 0.85 hydrogen 3.04

carbon monoxide 0.81 natural gas 1.00

15

diagram for KG-value determination valid for natural gas



16

diagram for pipe size determination DN

flow

rat

e q n

in

m3 /

h

pipe

line

siz

e D

N in

mm


Pipe Size Determination

17

example no.1: determination of the required pipe size DN

given: required max. flowrate qn max = 10 000 m3/hgas pressure

min. outlet pressure pa min = 2 bargas velocity v = 20 m/s

read from diagram: required max. outlet pipe size = 250 mm

example no. 2: determination of gas velocity


min. inlet pressure pe min = 10 barmax. outlet pressure pa max = 2 bar

pipe size DN 80 (80 mm)

read from inlet gas velocity v 50 m/sdiagram: outlet gas velocity v > 80 m/s

In this example we recommend an expansion to a higher outlet pipe size.

example no. 3: determination of pipe size of a safety shut-off valve (SAV)


min. inlet pressure pe min = 5 bargas velocity limit for SAV with Z-type flow curve = 50 m/sgas velocity limit for SAV with in-line flow = 70 m/s

read from for SAV with Z-type flow curve = 100 mmdiagram: for SAV with in-line flow = 80 mm

example for determination of pipe size DN and gas velocity


Pipe Size Determination

18


Flow Velocity Determinantion

The flow velocity can also be determined with this equation:

v = flow velocity in m/sqn = standard flow rate for natural gas in m3/hd = pipe diameter in mpabs = pressure in the line in bar (absolute value)

determination of pipe size and flow velocity

v = qn

3600 • 1/4 Π d2 • pabs

19


Overview of Gas Pressure Regulators

principal data and criteria for gas pressure regulators

gas basic criteria examples

pressure characteristic inlet outlet application symbol type

regulator features pressure pressure technical dataRMG 320 So or330 So; with or

0.005 bar in stations with rather without SAVup to up to low outlet pressures5 bar 0.050 bar and slow changes of

gas consumption pe up to 8 barpa 0.005 to

0.500 bar

RMG 320;for gas supply to with SAV

0.020 municipal, industrial, RMG 330up to (0.005) and individual

16 bar bar to customers, pressure1 bar control systems pe to 16 bar

requiring quick pa 0.020 to 1barresponse, e.g. burnerregulation

RMG 409;with SAVRMG 408;RMG 402

pe to 40(16) barpa 0.020 to

0.020 offtake and city gate 20(16) barup to (0.010) stations, for municipal ( ) = RMG 408

100 bar bar to power plant and RMG 502;90 bar industrial gas supply with SAV

RMG 503

pe to 100 barpa 1 to 90 bar

RMG 512pe to 100 barpa 0.5 to 90 bar

dire

ct-a

ctin

gsp

ring

-loa

ded

wei

ght-

load

edpi

lot-

oper

ated

No permanent regu-lating inaccuracy.Slow valve positionreaction, to be moun-ted in horizontalposition only.Setpoint adjustmentsare difficult.

Regulators of mode-rate price, quick valveposition reaction, canbe mounted in any po-sition, easy change ofsetpoint adjustments.No automatic correc-tion of regulatinginaccuracies, relativelylow outlet pressures.

Suitable for large inletand large outletranges, high pressuredrops and highflowrates; highregulating precision,easy change ofsetpoint adjustments.A minimum pressuredifferential betweeninlet and outlet pres-sure is required toopen the valve.Valve position reactionnot so quick as reac-tion of spring-loadedregulators.More expensive andtechnically moresophisticated thanspring loadedregulators.

20

*) flow rate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)


Overview of RMG Gas Pressure Regulators

max.

inlet measuring KG-value*

series type pressure range in m3/h pipe size

pe max Wh in bar

in bar

RMG 200 100 0,02 to 90 12 to 250 DN 25 (other sizes optional)

RMG 201 100 0,02 to 2 2,5 to 90 DN 25 (other sizes optional)

RMG 202 25 0,5 to 8 125 and 200 DN 25 (other sizes optional)

series 200 R 10d 100 0,02 to 3,5 18 < DN 25

small D 36 Hb 350 0,2 to 250 6 < DN 25

regulators D 144 a 350 1,0 to 75 20 to 75 < DN 25

(pressure D 118 aV 350 0,006 to 3,5 2,5 to 90 < DN 25

reducing D 119 a 320 0,006 to 8,0 4,5 to 65 < DN 25

valves) RMG 265 100 0,5 to 90 1,5 and 6 < DN 25

RMG 266 100 0,1 to 90 2 < DN 25

RMG 267 100 0,1 to 10 2 < DN 25

RMG 268 100 0,02 to 1 2 < DN 25

RMG 300 16 0,02 to 2,0 65 DN 25

series 300 RMG 320 20 0,02 to 1,0 120 to 5800 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

gas RMG 322 16 0,01 to 15 120 to 5800 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

pressure RMG 330 16 0,02 to 1,0 120 to 4700 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

regulators RMG 332 16 0,01 to 3,5 120 to 4700 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

RMG 342 4 0,004 to 0,05 10 DN 25 (other sizes optional)

RMG 361 5 0,02 to 0,5 360 to 4200 DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

21


Overview of RMG Gas Pressure Regulators

max.

inlet measuring KG-value*

series type pressure range in m3/h pipe size

pe max Wh in bar

in bar

DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

RMG 402 50 0,02 to 40 350 to 5500 DN 50/100, DN 80/150,

series 400 DN 100/200

gas RMG 408 16 0,01to 15 450 to 3800 DN 50/100, DN 80/150,

pressure DN 100/200

regulators RMG 409 40 0,01 to 20 125 to 9000 DN 50/100, DN 80/150,

DN 100/200, DN 150/300

RMG 430 25 0,01 to 20 800 to 24000 DN 100, DN 200, DN 300

DN 25/50, DN 50/100,

RMG 502 100 1,0 to 90 400 to 14000 DN 80/150, DN 100/200,

DN 150/300

RMG 503 100 1,0 to 90 350 to 5500 DN 25/50, DN 50/100,

DN 80/150, DN 100/200

series 500 RMG 505 100 1,0 to 90 1400 to 5500 DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200

gas DNE=DNA:

pressure DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100,

regulators DN 150, DN 200

RMG 512 100 0,5 to 90 500 to 34000 DNE/DNA:

DN 25/100, DN 25/150, DN 50/150,

DN 50/200, DN 80/250, DN 100/300,

DN 150/300, DN 150/400, DN 200/400,

DN 200/500

*) flow rate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)

22

❑ for municipal and industrial gas supplyand for small flowrate regulating lineswithin large volume gas pressure regu-lating stations

❑ suitable for outlet pressure control, inletpressure control, outlet and differentialpressure (flowrate) control

❑ for natural gas and all non-corrosivegaseous media; special version foroxygen (approved by BAM)

❑ special version for use in open airstations as an optional feature

❑ suitable for high pressure cuts

❑ can be provided with various valve seatsof different sizes

❑ simple design for easy maintenance

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max up to 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.010 bar to 90 barminimum pressure differential approx. 1 bar to 1.5 bar

connections:- screw connections without brazing to DIN 2353, for external pipe dia. 18 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm, 38 mm, 42 mm;- flanged to DIN PN 40 or ANSI 300 RF/RJ, ANSI 600 RF/RJ with adaptors in DN 25, DN 40, DN 50

special devices as optional features❑ electric and pneumatic remote control of

outlet pressure

❑ noise reducing outlet duct

❑ screw connecting piece for combinationwith SAV RMG 703 or RMG 704

pilot-operated gas pressure regulator

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHRMG-Leaflet 200.00

Pressure Regulation Small Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 200

Series 200 - Small Gas Pressure Regulators (Pressure Reducing Valves)

-registration, DIN-DVGW approval

23



valve data

max. inlet pressure 100 100 100 80 40 25pe max in bar

valve seat dia. 5 6 8 12 18 23in mm

KG-value* 12 25 50 125 200 250

face-to-face dimensions from 234 mm to 440 mm depending on type of connection

spec. outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 610, preferrably with diaphragm assembly 2

load limiting stage control stage (pa-control)

measuring aux. pressure range wire dia. measuring wire dia. outlet pressure rangeunit Wa in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wa in bar

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.100 to 0.500

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5

0.5 to 5 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5(brown) 4.7 brown 0.3 to 3.5

*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)

in m3/h

24



accuracy class, lock-up pressure class, lock-up pressure zone

accuracy class AC 1

lock-up pressure class SG 5

class of lock-up pressure zone SZ 2.5

spec. outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650, preferrably with diaphragm assembly 1

setpoint spring

no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure rangein mm Wh in bar

1 grey 5.0 0.500 to 2.000

control stage with 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

diaphragm type 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10measuring unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40

load limiting stage 8.0 1 to 50

control stage with metal white 9.0 20 to 90harmonica type measuring unit

load limiting unit green 5.0 1 to 10automatically above pa

25

❑ for municipal and industrial gas supply

❑ for small flowrate regulating lines withinlarge gas pressure regulating stations

❑ for natural gas and all non-corrosivegaseous media according to G 260

❑ two-stage regulator

❑ suitable for high pressure cuts

❑ with safety relief valves in:- intermediate stage- control stage (pa max 0.5 bar)

❑ easy operation and maintenance

❑ inlet connection for safety shut-off valveRMG 703 or RMG 704

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.02 bar to 2 bar

connections:- inlet screw connections without brazing acc. to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 12 mm, 16 mm, 18 mmoutlet screw connections without brazing acc. to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm, 38 mm, 42 mm

flanged to DN 25, DN 40 or DN 50in PN 40, ANSI 300 or ANSI 600


spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, two-stage, direct acting




26



valve data

intermediate valve seat dia. in mm 2 3.7 5.5 8 pressure stage KG in m3/h *) 4.5 15 35 65

valve seat dia. in mm 1.5 3.5 6 10 12

control stage KG-value normal 2.5 12 20 35 50

in m3/h *) max.**) 2.5 14 38 90 100

*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)**) for CG max: proportional deviation exceeds limits of regulating precision category

specific pressure ranges

measuring setpoint outlet pressure range internal safety relief valveunit spring Wh in bar adjustment ranges

intermediate 2 F 3 up to 9 bar above pa fixed value 12 bar

press. stage adjustable F 4 up to 15 bar above pa fixed value 18 bar

adjustable(only up to pa = 0.5 bar)

RMG-set value:

F 2 0.020 to 0.040 0.025 bar above pa

control F 3 0.030 to 0.100 0.050 bar above pa

stage 1 F 4 0.075 to 0.250 0.075 bar above pa

F 5 0.150 to 0.500 0.100 bar above pa

F 6 0.250 to 1.000 0.150 bar above pa

F 7 0.500 to 1.800 no internalF 8 0.750 to 2.000 safety relief valve


accuracy class AC 2.5



27

❑ for industrial and chemical engineeringapplications

❑ suitable for natural gas and all non-corrosive gaseous media

❑ one-stage pressure reducing valve


without DVGW approval

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 25 baroulet pressure range 0.5 bar to 8 bar

connections:- screw connections without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia.10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm, 38 mm, 42 mm- flanged to DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 in PN 40

external measuring impulse connection for flow rate qn > 80 · pa abs

spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, direct acting


Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 202


28

specific outlet pressure ranges

inlet pressure spring no. outlet pressure rangepe in bar Wh in bar

up to 8 F 5 0.5 to 2.0

up to 8 F 6 1.0 to 3.5

up to 16 F 7 1.5 to 6.5

up to 25 F 8 2.0 to 8.0

face-to-face dimensions in mm

screwconnection for 10 12 16 18 22 25 28 38 42

external pipe dia.

face-to-face dimension 240 232 252 240 244 272 246 260 230

flanged connection DN 25 DN 40 DN 50(acc. to DIN)

face-to-face dimension 376 376 376

Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 202


valve data

valve seat dia. in mm 12 18

KG-value* 125 200in m3/h


29

❑ for industrial and laboratory applications,also suitable for small flowrate regulatinglines within large volume gas pressureregulating stations

❑ suitable for natural gas and all non-corrosive gasous media

❑ high regulating precision:inlet pressure variations lead only to verysmall outlet pressure deviations

❑ two-stage pressure reducing valve

❑ internal or external measuring impulseconnection


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.01 bar to 3.5 bar

connections:- inlet and outlet screw connection without brazing to DIN 2353, PN 100, for external pipe dia. inlet: 12 mm outlet: 16 mm

standard: external measuring impulse connectionoption: internal measuring for qn < 9 · pa abs

valve seat dia. 6 mmvalve flowrate coefficient KG-value* 18 m3/h*) for natural gas (ρn = 0.83 kg/m3)



Pressure Regulation Small Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 210 (R 10 d)



30

Pressure Regulation Small Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 210 (R 10 d)



intermediate pressure stage outlet pressure stage (pa-control)

measuring intermed. pressure wire dia. measuring wire dia. spring outlet pressure rangeunit rangeWa in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wa in bar

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.100 to 0.500

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5


31

❑ for industrial applications in chemicalengineering


❑ one-stage pressure reducing valve forhigh pressure cuts and relatively smallflowrates

❑ diaphragm type or piston type measuringunits

❑ incorporated safety relief valve (SBV)

❑ alternatively in backflow-proof version

❑ tight shut-off on zero flow




connections:- inlet and outlet R 3/8’’ i with diaphragm measuring unit (M, H, S) R 1/2’’ i with piston measuring unit (G, GS)

valve seat dia. 3 mm

valve flowrate coefficient KG-value* 6 m3/h*) for natural gas (ρn =0.83 kg/m3)



Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 213 (D 36 Hb)


32

Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 213 (D 36 Hb)



measuring unit with range pa depending on

diaphragm piston spring Wh in bar flowrate* inlet pressure**in m3/h in bar/10 bar

F 0 0.2 to 1.5 0.100M F 1 0.2 to 4.0 0.250 0.040

F 2 1.0 to 10 0.700

HF 3 1 to 20 2.5 0.065F 4 2 to 30 4.5

S F 5 3 to 70 8 0.115

GF 6 40 to 120 8.5 80F 7 40 to 160 17

GSF 7 70 to 160 17 0.080F 8 70 to 250 39

*) pa drops with increasing qn (values for fully opened valve)

**) pa drops with increasing pe

33

❑ for industrial and process applications


❑ one-stage pressure reducing valve

❑ tight seal at zero flow

❑ incorporated safety relief valve (SBV)

❑ alternatively as backflow-proof version(only for valve seat dia. 6 mm)



max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 350 baroutlet pressure range Wh 1 bar to 75 bar

connections:inlet and outlet R 1’’i



Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 214 (D 144a)


34

inlet pressure dependency

valve seat diameter in mm 6 8 11

KG-value* in m3/h 20 40 75

outlet pressure change in bar with 10 bar inlet pressure 0.120 0.210 0.400change (pa drops with increasing pe)

*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0.83 kg/m3)

flowrate dependency

valve seat dia. proportional rangein mm (necessary pressure drop in bar for complete opening of the main valve)

F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4

6 0.5 3.1 13 30

8 0.9 5.0 21 50

11 1.3 7.3 37 70



pa drops with increasing qn

35




outlet pressure range Whpe max setpoint in barin bar spring for valve seat dia. in mm

6 8 11

F1 1 to 5 1 to 4.5 2 to 3.550 F2 3 to 20 3 to 20 3 to 20

F3 5 to 45 5 to 45 5 to 45

F1 1 to 4.4 1 to 3.4

100F2 3 to 20 3 to 20 3 to 20F3 5 to 55 5 to 55 5 to 55F4 10 to 75 10 to 75 10 to 75

F1 1 to 3.8 1 to 2.3

150F2 3 to 20 2 to 20 3 to 20

F3 5 to 55 5 to 55 5 to 55F4 10 to 75 10 to 75 10 to 75

F1 1 to 2.8

220F2 2.5 to 20 3 to 20

F3 5 to 55 5 to 55F4 10 to 75 10 to 75

F1 1.5 to 2.5250 F2 2 to 20

F3 5 to 55F4 10 to 75

F1 1.5 to 1.9300 F2 1.5 to 20

F3 5 to 55F4 10 to 75

F2 3 to 20350 F3 5 to 55

F4 10 to 75

36





❑ two-stage proportional regulating device

❑ suitable for large pressure drops


❑ tight shut-off at zero flow(only for valves with plastic sealing)

❑ with safety relief valve (SBV) in the 1stcontrol stage



max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 350 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.006 bar to 3.5 bar

connections:- inlet R 3/4’’a (up to pe max 50 bar); connection for gas bottle valves acc. to DIN 477 (for pe max 200 bar); screw connection without brazing acc. to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mmoutlet 35 mm

Pressure Regulation Pressure Reducing Valve RMG 218 (D 118aV)


37

valve data

intermediate valve dia. in mm 2 3.7 5.5 8 10control stage KG in m3/h*) 4.5 15 35 65 90

outlet pressure valve dia. in mm 1.5 3.5 4.8 6 7 10control stage KG in m3/h*) 2.5 14 25 38 50 90




*) only up to orifice dia. 7 mm

**) only up to orifice dia.10 mm

specific outlet pressure ranges of the 2nd control stage

measuring outlet pressure range setpoint wire dia. relief valve setting rangeunit Wh spring in mm in bar (above pa)

0.006 to 0.040 F 1 2.5 0.010 to 0.025

N 0.006 to 0.060 F 2 3.0 0.010 to 0.040

fixed to 0.008 F 11 1.2 0.010

fixed to 0.050 F 12 2.0 0.040

0.008 to 0.012 F 1 2.5 0.010 to 0.0400.010 to 0.040 F 2 3.2

0.030 to 0.100 F 3 4.0 0.040 to 0.090

G 0.030 to 0.250 F 4 4.5 0.040 to 0.090*) 0.100 to 0.150**)

0.050 to 0.500 F 5 5.6 0.040 to 0.090*) 0.090 to 0.150**)

0.1 to 1.0 F 6 6.50.2 to 1.8 F 7 8.0 without safety relief valve0.3 to 2.0 F 8 9.0

GS 0.25 to 2.5 F 7 8.0 without safety relief valve0.35 to 3.5 F 8 9.0

38

regulating valves used in 1st stage (acc. to connections and inlet pressures)

regulating valves with

description of metal sealing plastic sealing

inlet and outlet approved up to inlet pressure in bar

connection 350 200 50 50 50 50 25

R 3/4” a / R11/4” i F2 F3.7 F5.5 F8 F10

DIN 477 / R11/4” i HH2* H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5

pipe dia. 10/ R11/4” i HH2 H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5

pipe dia. 12/ R11/4” i HH2 H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5 F8

pipe dia. 16/ R11/4” i HH2 H3.7 F2 F3.7 F5.5 F8 F10

*) for connections according to DIN 477 valve HH2 only up to 200 bar



39

valve data

valve diameter in mm 2 3.7 5.5 8

KG-value* in m3/h 4.5 15 35 65



❑ one-stage regulating device

❑ with inlet pressure up to 50 bar:tight seal at zero flow

❑ with safety relief valve (SBV)




connections:- inlet R3/4’’a (up to pe max 50 bar); connections for gas bottle valves acc. to DIN 477 (up to pe max 200 bar); screw connection without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm, 12 mm,16 mmoutlet R3/4”a






40

F-valves: plastic sealing with tight shut-off at zero flow

H-valves: metal sealing without tight shut-off

applicable measuring units and regulating valves

description of outlet pressure range setpoint spring regulating valvemeasuring unitand diameter Wh wire dia. spring no. description pe max

in mm in mm (valve dia.) in bar

F2 50F3.7 50

F 0.003 to 0.016 2 F1 F5.5 50225 0.006 to 0.040 3 F2 F8 50

HH2 350H3.7 150

0.006 to 0.012 2.5 F1G 0.010 to 0.040 3 F2 F2 50

190 0.030 to 0.100 4 F3 F3.7 500.030 to 0.250 4.5 F4 F5.5 500.050 to 0.500 6 F5 F8 50

0.1 to 1.0 6.5 F6 HH2 3500.2 to 1.8 8 F7 H3.7 1500.3 to 2.0 9 F8

GS 0.25 to 2.5 8 F7190 0.35 to 3.5 9 F8

M 0.1 to 1.5 3.3 F0

1120.2 to 2.5 3.7 F10.3 to 3.5 4.5 F2 F2 50

F3.7 500.1 to 1 4.5 F4 F5.5 50

V 0.2 to 2 6 F5 F8 50112 0.4 to 4 6.5 F6 HH2 350

0.7 to 7 8 F7 H3.7 1500.8 to 8 9 F8



41


❑ for industrial and laboratory applications,also suitable for small flowrate regulatinglines within large volume gas pressureregulating stations

❑ suitable for natural gas an all non-corrosive gaseous media

❑ large outlet pressure range


❑ two-stage, compact design(interchangeable cartridge assemblies)

❑ internal or external measuring impulseconnection



connections:- inlet and outlet screw connection without brazing acc. to DIN 2353, PN 100, for external pipe dia. inlet: 10 mm outlet: 10 mm, 12 mm, 15 mm, 18 mm

external measuring impulse line for qn > 3 · pa abs

special versions as optional features:❑ electric remote setpoint adjustment of the

outlet pressure





42

valve data

valve seat diameter in mm 1.2 3

KG-value* in m3/h 1.5 6


intermediate pressure stage outlet pressure range

setpoint spring pressure setpoint spring pressure

wire dia. range wire dia. rangeno. colour in mm Wh in bar no. colour in mm Wh in bar

diaphragm measuring unit diaphragm measuring unit

2 black 4.5 1 to 5 1 blue 3.6 0.5 to 2

3 grey 5.0 2 to 10 2 black 4.5 1.0 to 5

4 brown 6.3 5 to 20 3 grey 5.0 2.0 to 10

5 red 7.0 10 to 40 4 brown 6.3 5.0 to 20

6 green 8.0 20 to 50 5 red 7.0 10 to 40

automatic load limiting stage metal harmonica measuring unit

8 green 5.0 up to 15 7 white 9.0 20 to 90above pa

face-to-face dimensions

outlet connection face-to-face dimensions in mm

external pipe diameter with withoutin mm fine filter fine filter

10 222 195

12 222 195

15 253 226

18 254 227




43

❑ for calibrating and testing of gas distri-bution systems

❑ for natural gas and non-corrosivegaseous media

❑ large inlet pressure range

❑ high regulating precision

❑ sensitive and exact setpoint adjustment

❑ fine control valve for discharge to theatmosphere


connections:screw-in coupling type 1215 for highpressure tubes


ApplicationThe gas pressure regulator RMG 266 was developed in collaboration with the RUHRGAS AGfor the official recalibration of conditioned corrector systems.The regulator is characterized by the following special features:❑ extremely high outlet pressure range with one setpoint spring from 0.1 bar up to 90 bar

❑ optimal constancy of the adjusted regulating pressure over longer operation periods witha very low gas consumption

❑ uncomplicated and exact adjusting possibilities of fixed setpoint pressure values




44

spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, with safety relief valve




❑ for industrial and laboratory applications

❑ suitable for natural gas and non-corrosivegaseous media

❑ pressure supplier for switching unit RMG951 or for I/P-converter

❑ compact (modular) concept

❑ internal measuring impulse

❑ easy handling and maintenance

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0,1 bar bis 10 barclass of lock-up pressure zone SZ 2,5

connections:- screw connection without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. inlet: 10 mm outlet: 10 mm, 12 mm, 15 mm, 18 mm

external measuring impulse line is used if qn > 3 · pa abs

special feature upon customer´s request❑ follow-up signal for outlet pressure

setpoint adjustment

CommentThe diameter of the throttle and the SBV-orifice are fixed so that more gas is always re-lieved to the atmosphere through the safety relief valve stage than can penetrate into thedevice, even during failure conditions. Therefore, an uncontrolled increase of the outletpressure is avoided in case of defects.


45

❑ for industrial and laboratory applications

❑ for auxiliary setting-ups within gaspressure regulating devices according toG 491


❑ 3-stage special version with throttle andsafety relief valve (SBV) stage as additio-nal protective device for the outletpressure stage

❑ large outlet pressure range



max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.020 bar to 1 barrelief valve adjustment range Wh 0.050 bar to 1.2 bar

connections: screw connection without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm

two-stage spring-loaded gas pressure regulator, with safety relief valve

CommentA throttle limits the maximal flow to qn = 2 m3/h according to the application range, so thatthe maximal volume of the SBV-stage equalizes the volume for pe max.I.e. the diameter of the throttle and the SBV-orifice are fixed so that more gas is always re-lieved to the atmosphere through the safety relief valve stage than can penetrate into thedevice, even during failure conditions. Therefore, an uncontrolled increase of the outletpressure is avoided in case of defects.




46


❑ internal measuring impulse connection asan optional feature

❑ good control dynamics

❑ valve with inlet pressure compensation

❑ diaphragm assembly provided with:- safety relief valve (SBV) for gas

leakages (pa max 0.5 bar)- breathing valve RMG 915

(SBV blocked)- safety diaphragm

❑ with or without incorporated safety shut-off valve (SSV), with actuators K 1a, K 2a

❑ easy maintenance due to interchange-able cartridge assemblies (plug-inmodules)


SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)Who 0.030 bar to 4.0 bar

Whu 0.010 bar to 0.4 barSBV-adjustment ranges (only measuringunit 1)

Wh 0.010 bar to 0.160 bar over pas

connections:DN 25 flanges to DIN PN 16



Pressure Regulation Gas Pressure Regulator RMG 300

Series 300 - Gas Pressure Regulators up to PN 16 (ANSI 150)


❑ for domestic and industrial applications

❑ suitable for regulation systems requiringquick response (gas furnace)

❑ for natural gas and all non-corrosivegaseous media

❑ can be supplied in special HTB-version(pe max 4 bar)

47

valve data

valve seat dia. in mm KG-value* in m3/h face-to-face dimensions in mm11 65 160

adjustment ranges of the SSV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

actuator overpressure release underpressure releaseWho in bar Whu in bar

K 1a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400








setpoint spring outlet pressure range Wh in bar

no. colour wire dia. diaphragm assembly 1 diaphragm assembly 21 grey 2.5 0.020 to 0.045

2 yellow 3.0 0.035 to 0.100

3 ivory 3.6 0.080 to 0.200

4 bright red 4.0 0.150 to 0.300

5 green 4.0 0.250 to 0.400

6 light blue 4.5 0.300 to 0.500 0.600 to 0.800

7 dark blue 5.3 0.450 to 0.800 0.600 to 2.000

*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3), valid only for external

measuring impulse connection

48



❑ suitable for regulating systems requiringquick response (gas furnace)




❑ diaphragm assembly provided with :- safety relief valve (SBV) for gas

leakages (pa max 0.5 bar)- safety diaphragm (only for diaphragm

assembly size 1, pa max 0.5 bar)❑ easy maintenance due to interchangeable

cartridge assembly (plug-in module)

❑ type as zero governor

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 16 baroulet pressure range Wh 0.020 bar to 1 bar

SBV-adjustment rangeWh 0.010 bar to 0.3 bar above pas

connections:DN 25 to DN 100flanged DIN PN 16 and ANSI 150 RF





49

valve data

inlet pressure range ∆pepipe size valve seat dia. KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assy.**) face-to-face

in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimensions

size 1 size 2 in mm

DN 2520 220 16 (16)

18433 480 10 (16)

25 400 16 (16) 16 (16)

DN 5031 800 10 (16) 16 (16)

25441 1300 8 (16) 16 (16)

50 1600 5 (10) 10 (16)

25 400 16 (16)

31 900 16 (16)

DN 8041 1500 16 (16)

29850 1800 10 (16)

60 2700 10 (16)

80 4000 6 (12)

25 400 16 (16)

31 850 16 (16)

41 1400 16 (16)352

DN 100 50 1750 10 (16)

60 3000 10 (16)

80 4500 6 (12)

100 5800 4 (8)







*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)**) see description and example on pages 76 and 77

50



specific outlet pressure ranges for diaphragm assembly size 1

setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour spring wire dia.in mm Wh in bar

0 black 3.6 0.020 to 0.030

1 grey 4.0 0.025 to 0.050

2 yellow 4.5 0.045 to 0.100

3 brown 5.3 0.090 to 0.200

4 bright red 6.3 0.150 to 0.300

5 dark red 7.0 0.250 to 0.400

6 light blue 7.5 0.350 to 0.500

7 white 8.5 0.450 to 0.600*

8 green 9.5 0.550 to 0.800*

9 black 10.5 0.650 to 1.000*

*) type with integrated safety relief valve (SBV) or with additional safety diaphragm only for

outlet pressure ranges up to pa max 0.5 bar


setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour spring wire dia. in mm Wh in bar

0 blue 5.0 0.020 to 0.030

1 grey 6.3 0.025 to 0.050

2 yellow 7.0 0.045 to 0.100

3 brown 8.0 0.090 to 0.200

4 bright red 9.0 0.150 to 0.300

5 dark red 10.0 0.250 to 0.400

6 light blue 11.0 0.350 to 0.500

7 white 12.0 0.450 to 0.600*

8 green 13.0 0.550 to 0.800*

9 black 14.0 0.650 to 1.000*



51



❑ gas pressure regulator for outlet pressure control RMG 320-So

❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 320-So for outlet pressure control

with electrical setpoint remote controlfor diaphragm assembly size 1: outlet pressure range 0.020 bar to 1.0 barfor diaphragm assembly size 2: outlet pressure range 0.020 bar to 1.0 bar(regulator can be started from 0 mbar upwards)

❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 320-So with electrical setpoint remote control

outlet pressure range: -0.008 bar to +0.008 bar

❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 320-So for weight-loaded outlet pressure control

outlet pressure range: 0.0005 bar to 0.004 bar

❑ gas pressure regulator RMG 321 for inlet pressure controlsetpoint adjustable above and below atmospheric level

for details please enquire

setpoint adjustable for overpressure and underpressure

pipe size outet pressure range valve seat dia. pe maxDN in bar in mm in bar

25 -0.020 to +0.040 20 1033 6

50 25 16-0.020 to +0.040 31 16

10 41

+0.0025 to +0.008 31 4

special versions of gas pressure regulators series RMG 320

52

❑ for municipal and industrial applications



❑ high regulating accuracy


❑ easy maintenance due to interchangeablecartridge assembly (plug-in module)

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 16 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.010 bar to 15 barminimum pressure differential 0.2 bar

connections: DN 25 to DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16 and ANSI 150 RF






53



specific outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 610 (RS 10 d)



2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.100 to 0.500

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5


specific outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring

no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range in mm Wa in bar

2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

control stage 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10with diaphragm 4 red 7.0 5 to 15

load limiting stage green 8.0 1 to 16

automatic load limiting stage green 5.0 1 to 10automatically above pa


accuracy class AC 1



54

valve data



size 1 size 2 in mm

DN 2520 220 16 (16)

18433 480 16 (16)

25 400 16 (16)

DN 5031 800 16 (16)

25441 1300 16 (16)

50 1600 16 (16)

25 400 16 (16)

31 900 16 (16)

DN 8041 1500 16 (16)

29850 1800 16 (16)

60 2700 10 (16)

80 4000 6 (12)

25 400 16 (16)

31 850 16 (16)

41 1400 16 (16)352

DN 100 50 1750 16 (16)

60 3000 10 (16)

80 4500 6 (12)

100 5800 4 (8)




55


❑ suitable for regulation systems requiringquick response (gas furnace)





❑ diaphragm assembly provided with:- safety relief valve SBV for gas

leakages (pa max 0.5 bar)- safety diaphram (only assembly size1)

❑ type with safety cut-off valve (SSV)DN 25, DN 50:

actuators K 1aDN 80, DN 100:

actuators K 4, K 5❑ easy maintenance due to interchangeable

cartridge assemblies (plug-in modules)


SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.):Who 0.020 bar to 1.5 bar

Whu 0.005 bar to 0.120 barSBV-adjustment range:

Wh 0.010 bar to 0.300 bar above pas

connections:DN 25 to DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16






56




setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour spring wire dia.in mm Wh in bar

0 black 3.6 0.020 to 0.030

1 grey 4.0 0.025 to 0.050

2 yellow 4.5 0.045 to 0.100

3 brown 5.3 0.090 to 0.200

4 bright red 6.3 0.150 to 0.300

5 dark red 7.0 0.250 to 0.400

6 light blue 7.5 0.350 to 0.500

7 white 8.5 0.450 to 0.600*

8 green 9.5 0.550 to 0.800*

9 black 10.5 0.650 to 1.000*

*) type with integrated safety relief valve (SBV) or with additional safety diaphragm not

applicable for these ranges (only for outlet pressure ranges up to pa max 0.5 bar)


setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour spring wire dia. in mm Wh in bar

0 blue 5.0 0.020 to 0.030

1 grey 6.3 0.025 to 0.050

2 yellow 7.0 0.045 to 0.100

3 brown 8.0 0.090 to 0.200

4 bright red 9.0 0.150 to 0.300

5 dark red 10.0 0.250 to 0.400

6 light blue 11.0 0.350 to 0.500

7 white 12.0 0.450 to 0.600*

8 green 13.0 0.550 to 0.800*

9 black 14.0 0.650 to 1.000*



57



valve data

inlet pressure range ∆pepipe size valve seat KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assy.**) face-to-face

dia. in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimensions

size 1 size 2 in mm

DN 2520 200 16 (16)

20033 420 10 (16)

DN 5020 200 16 (16)

23033 500 10 (16)

25 400 16 (16) 16 (16)

DN 8031 850 10 (16) 16 (16)

42041 1400 8 (16) 16 (16)

50 1750 5 (10) 10 (16)

25 400 16 (16)

31 850 16 (16)

DN 10041 1400 16 (16)

50050 1750 10 (16)

60 3000 10 (10)

80 4200 6 (12)

100 4700 4 (8)


K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060

K 5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120

adjustment ranges of SSV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)






58






❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-offvalve (SSV).

With safety cut-off valve (SSV)DN 25, DN 50:

actuators K 1a, K 2aDN 80, DN 100:

actuators K 4, K 5, K 6❑ easy maintenance due to interchangeable

cartridge assemblies (plug-in modules)

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 16 baroulet pressure range Wh 0.010 bar to 3.5 barminimum pressure differential 0.2 bar

SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.):Who 0.020 bar to 4.5 barWhu 0.005 bar to 0.4 bar

connections:DN 25 to DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16






59



valve data



size 1 size 2 in mm

DN 2520 200 16 (16)

20033 420 16 (16)

DN 5020 200 16 (16)

23033 500 16 (16)

25 400 16 (16)

DN 80 31 850 16 (16)420

41 1400 16 (16)

50 1750 16 (16)

25 400 16 (16)

31 850 16 (16)

DN 10041 1400 16 (16)

50050 1750 16 (16)

60 3000 10 (16)

80 4200 6 (12)

100 4700 4 (8)

specific outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 610 (RS10d)



2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.100 to 0.500

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5



60

Pressure Regulation Gas Pressure Regulators RMG 332


adjustment ranges of SSV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400

K 4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.400

K 5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120

K 6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300


accuracy class AC 1



61



❑ safety cut-off valve with overpressurecut-off for 1st and 2nd regulating stage

❑ regulating device alternatively leakage-safety relief valve within the intermediatestage and in the regulating stage

❑ regulating device with safety diaphragm inthe regulating stages, vent valve in thesafety shut-off measuring device

❑ 2nd regulating stage at option with safety diaphragm in the 2nd regulating stage and vent valve in the safety shut-off measuring unit.

❑ can be installed in any position

❑ HTB-version available

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 4 baradjustable pressure range1st regulating stage Wh 0.070 bar to 0.130 bar2nd regulating stage Wh 0.018 bar to 0.050 bar

valve seat diameter- intermediate pressure stage 8 mm- regulating stage 19 mm

SSV adjustment ranges (type RMG 342) Who 0.060 bar to 0.125 bar response precision category AG 10

direct acting, gas pressure regulator, two-stage pressure reduction

Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.RMG-Leaflet 342.00


❑ for industrial and domestic users

❑ suitable for dynamic regulating lines

(gas furnaces)

❑ suitable for natural gas and non-corrosivegases

❑ compact assembly

62


accuracy class AC 1





63

RMG GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbHRMG-Leaflet 361.00

❑ for industrial and domestic users

❑ suitable for dynamic regulating lines

(gas furnaces)

❑ suitable for natural gas and non-corrosivegases



❑ diaphragm assembly provided with:- safety relief valve SBV for gas

leakages (pa max 0.5 bar)- safety diaphragm (DN 25, DN 50)

❑ type with safety cut-off valve (SSV) withaxial passage (actuator type K1a)

❑ alternative with noise reduction

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 5 baroutlet pressure range

Wh 0.02 to 0.5 bar

- SSV-adjustment ranges(see pages 134 ff.)

Who 0.040 to 1.5 barWhu 0.010 to 0.120 bar

- SBV-adjustment rangeWh 0.015 to 0.140 bar above pas

- connectionsflanged to DIN PN 16DN 25 to DN 100





64



outlet pressure range

setpoint spring outlet pressure range Whno. colour in bar

1 grey 0.020 to 0.050

2 yellow 0.045 to 0.100

3 brown 0.090 to 0.200

4 bright red 0.150 to 0.300

5 dark red 0.250 to 0.400

6 light blue 0.350 to 0.500

valve data

pipe size valve seat dia. valve flowrate coefficient KG* in m3/h face-to-facein mm with noise reduction without noise reduction dimensions in mm

25 25 360 370 184

31 440 460

50 31 700 800 254

50 1100 1400

80 60 2000 2200 298

80 2400 2700

60 2600 2900

100 80 3000 3700 352

100 3300 4200

adjustment range of SSV-control devices (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120


accuracy class AC 1




65


❑ pilot RMG 620 integrated in actuator head

❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-offvalve (SSV)

DN 25:

- actuators K 1a, K 2a

DN 50 to DN 100 (inlet pipe sizes):

- K 4, K 5, K 6 (up to PN 25)

- K 10a, K 12, K 13, K 15a, K 16, K 17(up to ANSI 300)

❑ few integral parts, easy maintenance, lownoise

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 40 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.020 bar to 40 barminimum pressure differential ∆p 0.5 bar

SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)Who 0.020 bar to 40 bar

Whu 0.004 bar to 40 bar

connections:❑ DN outlet = DN inlet

DN 25 to DN 100flanged to DINPN 25 and ANSI 150 RF

❑ DN outlet = 2 x DN inletDN 50/100, DN 80/150 and DN 100/200flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40,flanged to ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 RF




❑ for gas supply to municipal distributionsystems, industrial and power stations



❑ diaphragm valve as control element


66




valve data

pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 50/ DN 80 DN 80/ DN 100 DN 100/DN 100 DN 150 DN 200

KG-value in m3/h *) 350 1300 1500 3500 3800 5200 5500

face-to-face dim. in mm for

DIN and ANSI 150 RF 184 254 310 298 400 352 430

ANSI 300 RF 267 310 318 400 368 430

specific pressure ranges for pilot RMG 620

setpoint springpilot no. colour wire dia. adjustable pressure range

in mm Wh in bar

2 blue 3.6 0.020 to 0.200

RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.100 to 0.500

4 brown 6.3 0.200 to 1.000

5 red 7.0 0.500 to 2.000

6 green 8.0 1 to 4

*) version with enlargened diaphragm


setpoint spring adjustable pressure rangeno. colour dia. in mm Wh in bar

1 black 4,5 0.150 to 1*


diaphragm type 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10

control unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40


automatic green 5.0 5 to 15load limiting stage automatically above pa

67

SSV adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

control device overpressure release underpressure releaseWho in bar Who in bar

K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400

K 4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060

K 5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120

K 6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300

K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.1 to 2

K 13 4.000 to 30.0 0.5 to 6

K 16 0.800 to 40.0

K 17 2 to 40




accuracy class AC 1



specific pressure ranges for pilot RMG 640*


1 black 4,5 0.150 to 1*



control unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40


*) one-stage version, for inlet pressure deviations under 15 bar only**) version with enlargened diaphragm

68


❑ for gas supply to municipal distributionsystems, industrial and power plants

❑ suitable for outlet pressure control, inletpressure control, outlet and differentialpressure control (flow control)


❑ regulator with incorporated noiseattenuating devices




❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-offvalve (SSV)control devices K 4, K 5, K 6, K 10a, K 12,K 13, K 16, K 17

❑ easy maintenance due to interchangeablecartridge assemblies

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 16 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.010 bar to 16 barminimum pressure differential 0.2 to 1 bar

SSV-adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)Who 0.020 bar to 17.6 bar


connections (inlet/outlet)DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200flanged to DIN PN 16noise attenuation 15 to 20 dB (A) (compared to conventional regulator types)





69

valve data

inlet pressure range ∆pepipe size valve seat KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assembly **) face-to-face

inlet/outlet dia. in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimension




DN size 1 size 2 size 3 in mm

30 450 16 (16) 16 (16)

DN 50/00 37 650 16 (16) 16 (16) 450

52 1150 10 (16) 16 (16)

37 750 16 (16)

DN 80/150 52 1400 16 (16) 500

81 2400 16 (16)

52 1700 16 (16) 16 (16)

DN 100/200 81 3400 16 (16) 16 (16) 650

102 3800 10 (16) 16 (16)

SSV cut-off adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

measuring unit overpressure release underpressure releaseWho in bar Whu in bar

K 4 0.040 to 0.500 0.005 to 0.060

K 5 0.200 to 1.500 0.015 to 0.120

K 6 0.600 to 4.500 0.040 to 0.300

K 10a 0.050 to 1.500 0.010 to 0.120

K 12 0.500 to 8.000 0.100 to 2.000

K 13 4.000 to 17.6 0.500 to 6.000

K 16 0.800 to 17.6

K 17 2 to 16

70








setpoint spring

no. colour wire dia. adjustable pressure rangein mm Wh in bar

0 black 4.5 0.150 to 0.500*

outlet pressure 1 grey 5.0 0.500 to 2.000





specific pressure ranges for pilot RMG 610 (RS 10 d)

load limiting stage control stage

measuring pressure range wire dia. measuring wire dia. spring pressure range pe maxunit Wh in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wh in bar in bar

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.1 to 0.5

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5

0.5 to 5.0 4.7 M 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5 100(silver) 4.5 brown 0.3 to 3.5

71



❑ suitable for outlet pressure control, inletpressure control, outlet and differentialpressure control (flow control)


❑ regulator with incorporated noiseattenuating devices





max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 40 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.01 bar to 20 barminimum pressure differential 0.5 bar to 1.5 bar

connections (inlet/outlet)DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200,DN 150/300flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25, PN 40and ANSI 150 RF

noise attenuation 20 to 25 dB (A) (compared to conventional regulator types)


special version for liquid gas service




72

valve data

inlet pressure range ∆pepipe size valve seat KG-value*) in bar with diaphragm assembly **) face-to-face

dia. in mm in m3/h (max. inlet pressure in brackets) dimension

size 1 size 2 size 3 size 4 in mm

DN 30 500 25 (25) 40 (40)

50/100 37 720 20 (25) 25 (25) 310

52 1250 10 (20) 20 (25)

30 550 40 (40) 40 (40)DN 37 800 25 (25) 40 (40) 330

80/150 52 1550 20 (25) 25 (25)

81 3000 16 (25) 20 (25)

30 550 40 (40) 40 (40)DN 37 850 25 (25) 40 (40)

100/200 52 1900 20 (25) 25 (25) 430

81 4000 16 (25) 20 (25)

102 4700 10 (20) 16 (25)

81 4200 20 (25) 25 (25)

DN 102 5600 16 (25) 20 (25)600150/300 130 7500 10 (20) 16 (25)

157 9000 6 (12) 10 (20)




73




accuracy class AC 1






2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.1 to 0.5

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5



setpoint spring


0 black 4.5 0.150 to 0.500*






74

RMG-GASELAN Regel + Messtechnik GmbHRMG-Leaflet 430.00




❑ main valve with bubble-tight double-beatvalve

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 25 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.010 bar to 20 barminimum pressure differential 0.5 bar

connectionsDN 100, DN 200, DN 300flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25and ANSI 150 RF




valve data

pipe size valve seat dia. KG-value * face-to-faceDN in mm in m3/h dimensions in mm

35 800 260

100 50 1600 260

65 2800 260

20095 6000 380

120 9500 380

300 190 24000 480


75




accuracy class AC 1






2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100

M (green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.1 to 0.5

3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5



setpoint spring


0 black 4.5 0.150 to 0.500*






76

Pressure Regulation Maximum Inlet Pressure

Series 300 and 400

Inlet pressure range ∆∆∆∆∆pe (max. inlet pressure) for diaphragm assemblies

The accuracy class AC and the lock-up pressure class SG stipulated by the DVGW typetests are confirmed under the following conditions:

„The inlet pressure may exceed the ∆pe-figure stated in the table at the most by twice itsvalue, provided the inlet pressure deviations ∆pe do not exceed the pe max-value stated in thetable. However, it may not exceed the nominal pressure rating.”

ATTENTION: This statement is not valid for RMG 409 with pe > 25 bar.

The limitation of the inlet pressure range ∆pe for a diaphragm assembly is not given for rea-sons of material strength but in the interest of maintaining the regulating accuracy. The inletpressure deviations though may not exceed the limit of the valve´s nominal pressure rating.

77

Pressure Regulation Maximum Inlet Pressure

Series 300 and 400

Example:

RMG 330, DN 50, valve seat diameter 33 mm, diaphragm assembly size 1 (see page 57).

The table shows an inlet pressure range of ∆pe = 10 bar, so the inlet pressure may deviate ina range of 10 bar up and down. Beginning with the given deviation range between 0 bar and10 bar, this ∆pe -range may be transferred to a higher level. The maximum inlet pressure(value stated in brackets) though may not be exceeded.

The permissible inlet pressure change ∆pe = 10 bar can be used as follows:A possible inlet pressure variation of pe1 = 0 bar to pe2 = 10 bar is standard, but equallyan inlet pressure deviation of pe1 = 2 bar to pe2 = 12 bar could be possible, or a deviation ofpe1 = 6 bar to pe2 = 16 bar. In every case the valve´s regulating accuracy is maintained.

Should however the inlet pressure deviations be larger than the stated ∆pe-value, then theregulating accuracy will become poorer.

ATTENTION: The inlet pressure deviations may never exceed the limit of the valve´snominal pressure rating.

The scheme shows how the inlet pressure range ∆pe may be transferred for this example:

max. inlet

pressure for

RMG 330,

assembly size 1,

valve dia. 33 mm

pe max

10 bar

16 bar

123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890

inlet pressure

range

∆pe 10 bar

123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890

inlet pressure

range

∆pe 10 bar

123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890

inlet pressure

range

∆pe 10 barr

6 bar

78



❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionsystems, for industrial gas supply andpower plants



❑ diaphragm system as regulating device

❑ outlet cross-section four lines as largeas inlet

❑ small number of integral parts, easymaintenance, low noise level

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 1 bar to 90 barminimum pressure differential 2 barmaximum pressure differential 70 bar

connections:flanged to DIN PN 40, ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,ANSI 600 RF/RTJinlet/outlet: DN 25/DN 50; DN 50/DN 100;DN 80/DN 150; DN 100/DN 200;


Series 500 - Gas Pressure Regulators up to ANSI 600


79



*) pilot RMG 630 two-stage version (with load limiting stage)high control accuracy despite high inlet pressure deviations

pilot RMG 640 one-stage versionfor inlet pressure deviations under 15 bar only


valve data

pipe size equivalent KG-value* face-to-faceinlet/outlet valve seat dia dimensions

in mm in m3/h in mm

DN 25/50 25 400 340

DN 50/100 50 1600 380

DN 80/150 80 4200 550

DN 100/200 100 6400 550

DN 150/300 150 14000 750


accuracy class AC 1



outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 630 / RMG 640*

setpoint spring adjustable pressure rangeno. colour dia in mm Wh in bar

2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

control stage with 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10

diaphragm type 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

measuring unit 5 green 8.0 10 to 40

control stage with white 9.0 20 to 90metal harmonica type measuring unit


80



❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionsystems, for gas to industrial and powerplants



❑ diaphragm system as regulating valvedevice

❑ outlet cross-section four times as large asinlet

❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-offvalve (SAV)actuators K 10a, K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 1 bar to 90 barminimum pressure differential 4 barmaximal pressure fall 70 bar

SSV response ranges (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release

Who 0.080 bar to 90 barfor underpressure release


connections:flanged to DIN PN 40, ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,and ANSI 600 RF/RTJinlet/outlet: DN 25/50, DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200




81




accuracy class AC 1




valve data

pipe size equivalent KG-value* face-to-faceinlet/outlet valve seat dia. dimensions

in mm in m3/h in mm

DN 25/50 25 350 340

DN 50/100 50 1400 380

DN 80/150 80 3600 550

DN 100/200 100 5500 550

outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 630 / RMG 640*

setpoint spring adjustable pressure rangeno. colour dia in mm Wh in bar

2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5






*) pilot RMG 630 two-stage version (with load limiting stage)high control accuracy despite high inlet pressure deviations

pilot RMG 640 one-stage versionfor inlet pressure deviations under 15 bar only

82



SSV response ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 10a 0.080 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 11a/1 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000

K 11a/2 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200

K 16 1.000 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

K 18 20.0 to 90.0

K 19 20.0 to 90.0

83




Gas-Druckregelgerät mit Hilfsenergie aus dem Eingangsdruck

❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionsystems


❑ compact design

❑ active regulator and monitor regulatorcombined in one body

❑ active regulator with „fail-open“-function

❑ monitor regulator with „fail-closed“-function

❑ few integral parts, easy maintenance

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 1 bar to 90 barmin. pressure differential 2 barmax. pressure differential 70 bar

active regulator combined with pilot:- RMG 640 (single stage version) for inlet prerssure deviations 15 bar- RMG 630 (two-stage version) for inlet prerssure deviations > 15 bar

monitor regulator combined with pilot:- RMG 650 (two-stage version)

connections:- flanged to DIN PN 40, and to ANSI 300 RF/RTJ, ANSI 600 RF/RTJsizes for inlet/outlet: DN 50/100, DN 80/150, DN 100/200


84

specific pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650 for monitor regulator

setpoint spring

no. colour wire adjustable pressure rangedia in mm Wh in bar

regulating stage with 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

diaphragm 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10measuring unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40


regulating stage with white 9.0 20 to 90metal harmonica type measuring unit




*) for natural gas (ρn = 0,83 kg/m3)

valve data

pipe size equivalent KG-value* face-to-facevalve seat dia. dimensions

inlet/outlet in mm in m3/h in mm

DN 50/100 50 1400 380

DN 80/150 80 3600 550

DN 100/200 100 5500 550

specific pressure ranges with pilot RMG 630 for active regulator

setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour dia in mm Wh in bar

2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5






85




accuracy class AC 1



86



❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionsystems, for gas supply to industrial andpower plants

❑ suitable for outlet pressure control, inletpressure control, outlet and differentialpressure control


❑ high capacity due to in-line flow

❑ robust and simple design

❑ purely pneumatic operation

❑ high pressure cuts

❑ can be provided with a noise reducingoutlet duct module

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0,5 bar to 90 barminimum pressure differential 2 bar

connectionsflanged to DIN PN 25, PN 40,ANSI 300 RF/RTJANSI 600 RF/RTJinlet: DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200outlet: DNE = DNA or outlet expansion with noise reduction

regulator with noise reducing outlet duct




87



*) with noise reducing outlet duct (outlet flanged only to ANSI 600 RF)

*) valve flowrate coefficient for natural gas (ρn = 0.83 kg/m3), without reducing outlet duct


pipe size flanges PN flanges ANSI

DN inlet DN outlet 25 and 40 300 RF 300 RTJ 600 RF/RTJ

25 200 197 210 21025 100* 360 359 365 365

150* 360 359 365 365

50 270 267 283 28650 150* 422 421 429 430

200* 422 421 429 430

80 80 310 318 333 337250* 512 516 523 525

100 100 370 368 384 394300* 548 548 555 560

150 150 508 508 508 508400* 760 760 760 760

200 200* 610 610 610 610

500* 960 960 960 960

valve data

pipe size valve seat dia. KG-value* in mm in m3/h

DN 25 25 500

DN 50 50 2000

DN 80 80 5100

DN 100 100 8000

DN 150 150 18000

DN 200 200 34000

88



outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring

no. colour wire outlet pressure rangedia in mm Wh in bar

1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2


diaphragm 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10measuring unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40


regulating stage with white 9.0 20 to 90metal harmonica type measuring unit



accuracy class AC 1



89


main valve with electric actuation (DN 50/100 to DN 150/300)

❑ for flow and pressure regulation


❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-offvalve (SAV): control devices K 10a,

K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19

❑ valve sleeve with complete pressurecompensation

❑ standard noise-reducing internal parts

❑ bubble-tight shut-down

max. operating pressure pmax 100 bar

SAV- adjustment ranges (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release



connections (inlet/outlet)DN 25/50, DN 50/100, DN 80/150,DN 100/200, DN 150/300flanged to DIN PN 40, ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,ANSI 600 RF/RTJ

accessorieselectronic regulating systems for pressureand flow regulation(see page 93, other regulating tasks uponcustomer´s request)

Pressure Regulation Flow Control Valve RMG 530

Series 500 - Flow Control Valves up to ANSI 600 DN 50/100 to DN 150/300


90




valve data for RMG 530 without integrated safety cut-off valve


in mm in m3/h in mm

DN 50/100 50 2000 380

DN 80/150 80 5100 550

DN 100/200 100 8000 550

DN 150/300 150 15000 750


valve data for RMG 530 with integrated safety cut-off valve


in mm in m3/h in mm

DN 50/100 50 1400 380

DN 80/150 80 3600 550

DN 100/200 100 5500 550

SSV response ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)

measuring unit overpressure release underpressure releaseWho in bar Whu in bar

K 10a 0.080 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 11a/1 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000

K 11a/2 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200

K 16 1.000 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

K 18 20.0 to 90.0

K 19 20.0 to 90.0

91

main valve with electric actuation (DN 200/300 and larger)

❑ for flow and pressure regulation


❑ high capacity due to in-line flow

❑ valve sleeve with complete pressurecompensation

❑ standard noise reducing outlet duct

❑ bubble-tight shut-down


connectionsfor pzul 250 bar flanges acc. to ANSI 600 RF,ANSI 900 RTJ and ANSI 1500 RFin DN 250/250 and DN 300/300, otherwiseflanged to ANSI 600 RF or ANSI 900 RTJ

accessorieselectronic regulating systems for pressureand flow regulation(see page 93, other regulating tasks uponcustomer´s request)





92




*) version with equivalent valve seat dia. 200 mm

dimensions

pipe size pressure rating flanged to flanged to flanged toinlet/outlet PN ANSI 600 RF ANSI 900 RTJ ANSI 1500 RF

DN 200/300 100 660 - -

DN 200/400 100 780 825 -

DN 250/250 250 - - 1100

DN 300/300* 100 725 750 -

DN 300/300 250 - - 1100

DN 400/400 100 1400 - -

DN 400/600 100 1350 1400 -


valve data for version with max. permissible pressure 100 bar

pipe size equivalent KG-value*inlet/outlet valve seat dia.

in mm in m3/h

DN 200/300 200 23000

DN 200/400 200 24000

DN 300/300 200 24000

DN 300/300 300 50000

DN 400/400 400 60000

DN 400/600 400 80000

valve data for version with max. permissible pressure 200 bar

pipe size equivalent KG-value*inlet/outlet valve seat dia.

in mm in m3/h

DN 250/250 260 25000

DN 300/300 260 26000

93

electronic steering for flow control valve RMG 530


RMG offers different types of actuators andelectronic regulating systems for driving theflow control valve RMG 530.

RMG has different certificates of conformityand experts´ declarations approving theinstallation of those functional units intoexplosion-hazardous areas.

All actuators are controlled by the automa-tion system Protronic 500 and the customer-specified RMG-software, which monitors allthe important measuring data, setpoints andcontrol signals.

Should the set ranges be violated, then pre-ventive measures are initiated by the auto-mation system (these are generally pre-setby the customer).

All service and fault indications are shown inthe LC-display as clear-text information.Selected messages can be forwarded forremote indication.

Due to their individual construction, RMGflow control valves have different openingand regulating characteristics.

These characateristics were determined intesting fields and integrated into the softwareof the automation system as additional func-tions to optimize the regulating behaviour.

Possibilities for combining valve actuatorsand electric/electronic control systems areshown below:


Series 500 - Flow Control Valves up to ANSI 600 electronic steering

electronic triggering

actuation type RMG 152 frequency electronic power unitpower unit transformer KE3

Auma-actuatorcompatible not compatible not compatible

400 V

EMG-actuatornot compatible compatible not compatible

230 V

EMG-actuatorcompatible compatible not compatible

400 V

linear actuatornot compatible not compatible compatible

230 V

94

Pressure Regulation Notes

Series 600 - Pilots for pilot-operated Gas Pressure Regulators

95

Pressure Regulation Pilot Selection Table


overview

max. inlet outlet pressure range Wh in bar

type function /description pressure load limiting control differentialpe max in bar stage stage pressure stage

RMG 610 d outlet pressure control 0.1 to 5 0.010 to 3.5 -

RMG 610 d...E inlet pressure control 0.1 to 8 0.010 to 6 -

RMG 610 d...D differential pressure control 100 0.1 to 8 - 0.006 to 6

RMG 610 d/ outlet and differential 0.1 to 75 0.010 to 64 0.006 to 6RMG 610 d...D pressure control

RMG 620 outlet pressure control 25 - 0.020 bis 4 -

RMG 630 outlet pressure control 5 bis 15 0.3 bis 90 -above pa

RMG 631 RMG 630 with remoteoutlet pressure control pa above pa

RMG 638 electronic regulating stage acc. to task

RMG 640 outlet pressure control - 1 to 90 -

1 to 50 0.3 to 40 -

RMG 650 outlet pressure control 1 to 10 20 to 90 -above pa

RMG 651 RMG 650 with remote 1 to 10 0.5 to 90 -control of outlet pressure pa über pa

RMG 652 inlet pressure control 1 to 10 0.3 to 90 -100 above pa


outlet and differential1 to 50 0.3 to 40 -

RMG 655 Sopressure control

1 to 10 20 to 90 0.05 to 1.2

above pa

RMG 656 RMG 655 with remote 1 to 10 0.5 to 90 0.05 to 1.2control of outlet pressure pa above pa

RMG 655 with remote1 bis 50 0.3 to 40 0.05 to 1.2

RMG 657control of diff. pressure ∆p 1 to 10 20 to 90 -

above pa


outlet and differential 1 to 10 0.3 to 90 0.05 to 1.2RMG 658 So pressure control with addit. above pa

pa-control stage unit 0.5 to 90

96

pneumatic pilot for main valves with diaphragm assembly

❑ type RMG 610 d for outlet pressuretype RMG 610 d...E for inlet pressuretype RMG 610 d...D for differential

pressuretype RMG 610 d / RMG 610 d...Dfor outlet and differential pressure

❑ suitable for natural gas and all non-corrosive gaseous media; special versionfor oxygen available

❑ two-stage pilot with load limiting stageand control stage in one body

❑ adaptability to various diaphragmassemblies and different kinds ofregulating lines

❑ can be provided with load limiting unitgauge and filter RMG 905

❑ can be provided with electric remotecontrol device as an optional feature

approved by DIN-DVGW in combinationwith RMG main valves, the pilot is part of thecomplete device according to DIN 3380

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.006 bar to 3.5bar


Pressure Regulation Pilot RMG 610


97



specific setpoint ranges for outlet pressure control pa



2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060 100(green) 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120

M 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.1 to 0.5

0.5 to 5.04.7 M 3.3 green 0.1 to 1.5

(silver) 4 blue 0.2 to 2.5100

4.5 brown 0.3 to 3.5

setpoint range for inlet pressure control pe



2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 NE 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100(green) 4 red 0.080 to 0.200

M 5 blue 0.100 to 0.500MD 3.5 green 0.1 to 0.7O*

0.5 to 5 4.7 ME 4 red 0.4 to 1.5 100(brown) 5 blue 0.4 to 2.5

2 to 8 6 (silver) 6 silver 1.5 to 6.0

*) O = without load limiting stage

valve seat diameter

control stage 3.7 mm

load limiting stage 3.7 mm

98

*) O = without load limiting stage

Pressure Regulation Pilot RS 10 d (RMG 610)


setpoint range for differential pressure control


measuringoutlet pressure stage wire dia. measuring wire dia. spring outlet pressure range pe maxunit Wh in bar in mm unit in mm colour Wh in bar in bar

2.5 white 0.010 to 0.040

M 0.1 to 1.5 3.3 ND 3 yellow 0.020 to 0.060

O* (green) 3.5 green 0.040 to 0.120 100

4 red 0.080 to 0.200

5 blue 0.100 to 0.500

M 0.5 to 5 4.7 MD4 red 0.1 to 0.7

O*(brown) 5 blue 0.4 to 2.5 100

2 to 8 6 (silver) 6 silver 1.5 to 6

99

sectional drawing of the RS 10 d MN (RMG 610) for outlet pressure control pa

Pressure Regulation Pilot RS 10 d (RMG 610)


vent line

setpoint adjuster

measuring diaphragm

lever system

measuring line

discharge line

control stage

protection cap

setpoint spring

adjusting screwfor amplification

load limitingstage

measuringdiaphragm

mainvalve

loadingpressure

line

inlet pressure line

100

❑ for outlet pressure control


❑ one-stage pilot with double diaphramsystem for low outlet pressures

❑ internal compensation of inlet pressurechanges

❑ is screwed on to regulator RMG 402 asan integral part, saving pilot connectinglines



pneumatic pilot for main valve RMG 402



specific outlet pressure range

setpoint springpilot no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range

in mm Wh in bar

2 blue 3.6 0.020 to 0.200

RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.1 to 0.5

4 brown 6.3 0.2 to 1.0

5 red 7.0 0.5 to 2.0

6 green 8.0 1.0 to 4.0

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHno own leaflet, see RMG-Leaflet 402.00

101

sectional drawing RMG 620 (for gas pressure regulator RMG 402 DN 25 and DN 50)



pilot

setpoint adjuster

setpoint spring

vent line

double diaphragmsystem

dischargeline

measuringline

main valve

closing spring

throttling diaphragm

slotted valve part

loading pressureline

inlet pressureline

102

pneumatic pilot for regulators RMG 402, RMG 502 and RMG 503


❑ high regulating accuracy even undergreat inlet pressure changes


❑ two-stage pilot with load limiting stageand control stage as interchangeablecartridge assemblies

❑ can be provided with inlet, load limiting,and outlet pressure gauges and filterRMG 905

❑ can be provided with electric remotecontrol device as an optional feature

approved by DIN-DVGW in combinationwith RMG main valves, the pilot is part ofthe complete device according to DIN 3380

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.150 bar to 90 bar







1 black 4,5 0.150 to 1*



measuring unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40



103



sectional drawing RMG 630

pilot

double diahragmsystem

vent line

measuring line

discharge line

setpoint spring

setpoint adjuster

main valve

control stage

load limiting stage

throttle

start-upvalve

main valve

104


pneumatic pilot with electric motor for remote setpoint adjustment

❑ for RMG 402, RMG 502, RMG 503


❑ pilot with electric setpoint adjuster forlines with changing operational conditions

❑ for remote setpoint adjustment throughcentral control stations

❑ manual setpoint adjustment is possible atthe electric motor


RMG 631:max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.5 bar to 90 bar

pilot RMG 630 combined with electric motorand gearbox connected to the outletpressure stage acc. to DIN/ISO 5210 T1 F10

Details about motors and electricalconnections upon request.



105




spring outlet pressure range without pulse control with pulse control

no. in bar in bar/min in bar/min

1 0.5 to 2 1.3 0.020 to 1.0

2 1 to 5 2.1 0.040 to 1.7

3 2 to 10 3.1 0.050 to 2.5

4 5 to 20 7.2 0.120 to 5.7

5 10 to 40 13.9 0.220 to 11.0

6 20 to 90* 13.9 0.220 to 11.0




1 black 4,5 0.5 to 1*




5 green 8.0 10 to 40



106

pilot with electro-pneumatic control stage (for RMG 402, 502, 503)




The pneumatic pressure stages automati-cally check the given minimal and maximalvalues of the outlet pressure. If those max.values are reached during operation, therelevant stages take over control and holdthe pressure constant within the given limits.The switching between the electronic control(operated by the electro-pneumatic controlstage) and the outlet pressure restrictionthrough the pneumatic control stages runsindependantly and smoothly in both direc-tions without any noticeable transitioneffects.The following tasks can be realized betweenthe min. and max. pressure limits:❑ setpoint adjustment

- for a quick adapation of the setpoint tooften changing operational conditions

- for combining the regulator into aprocess control system

❑ flow regulation- for gas storage in tube networks and

tanks (optimization)- for meter protection

❑ pressure regulation- combined with meter protection

through flow limitation to qB max- with timer for daily/weekly programme

for pressure control- to reach a better control accuracy and

control stability through an electronicPI-regulation


pulse modulator RMG 110 see page 132

The pilot RMG 658 So consists of functionalelements which are combined onto a mainbase plate:1st stage automatic load limiting stage

2nd stage control stage for minimaloutlet pressure pa min

3rd stage control stage for maximaloutlet pressure pa max

4th stage electro-pneumatic controlstage for conversion of electricsignals into pneumatic signals

107



sectional drawing RMG 638 (electro-pneumatic control stage in contact)

pilot

magnet coil

connection forelectronicregulator


throttle

start-upvalve

el.-pneum.control stage

pa max -stage

pa min -stage

load limitingstage

RMG 110

main valve

108


pneumatic pilot for regulators RMG 402, RMG 502 and RMG 503



❑ provided with inlet, load limiting, andoutlet pressure gauges and filterRMG 905

❑ can be provided with electric remotecontrol as an optional feature






setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour dia. in mm Wh in bar

1 black 4,5 0.3 to 1*




5 green 8.0 10 to 40



109




pilot

vent line

doublediaphragm

system

measuring line

discharge line

setpoint spring

setpoint adjuster

control stage

throttle

start-upvalve

main valve

110






❑ provided with inlet, load limiting, andoutlet pressure gauges and filterRMG 905






setpoint spring


0 black 4.5 0.3 to 1,0*

1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2.0



5 green 8.0 10 to 40



automatic green 5.0 1 to 10load limiting unit automatically above pa


111




pilot


measuring line

discharge throttle

breathing line

discharge line


setpoint springsetpoint adjuster

control stage

load limitingstage

main valve

112


pneumatic pilot with electric motor for setpoint adjustment

RMG 651:max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.5 bar to 90 barPilot RMG 650 is basic module: For outletpressure regulation with remote setpointadjustment.

RMG 656:max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.5 bar to 90 barPilot RMG 655 is basic module: For outletpressure regulation with remote setpointadjustment. Additionally the max. flow can belimited to a value given by the differentialpressure stage.

RMG 659:max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Wh 0.5 bar to 90 barPilot RMG 658 So is basic module: For flowcontrol (with differential pressure regulation)with remote setpoint adjustment. Additionallythe max. and min. outlet pressure values canbe set: The working range is within these twolimits.

Details about motors and electricalconnections upon request.

Pressure Regulation Pilots RMG 651, 656, 659


❑ pilot with electric setpoint adjuster forlines with changing operational conditions

❑ for remote setpoint adjustment throughcentral control stations

❑ manual setpoint adjustment is possible atthe electric motor


❑ combined with electric motor and gearboxconnected to the outlet pressure stageacc. to DIN/ISO 5210 T1 F10

113

specific pressure ranges for RMG 651, RMG 656

setpoint spring


1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2

regulating stage 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

with diaphragm 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10

4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40


regulating stage with metal white 9.0 20 to 90harmonica type measuring unit


Pressure Regulation Pilots RMG 651, 656, 659



spring outlet pressure range without pulse control with pulse control

no. in bar in bar/min in bar/min

1 0.5 to 2 1.3 0.020 to 1.0

2 1 to 5 2.1 0.040 to 1.7

3 2 to 10 3.1 0.050 to 2.5

4 5 to 20 7.2 0.120 to 5.7

5 10 to 40 13.9 0.220 to 11.0

6 20 to 90* 13.9 0.220 to 11.0

specific pressure ranges for RMG 659

setpoint spring

no. colour wire dia. adjustable pressure rangein mm Wa in bar

differential pressure stage black 2.25 0.050 to 1.2

114


❑ for inlet pressure control



❑ provided with inlet, load limiting, andoutlet pressure gauges and filter

RMG 905







setpoint spring


2 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2




6 green 8.0 10 to 40


regulating stage with metal white 9.0 20 to 90harmonica type measuring unit



115


pilot


discharge throttle

breathing line

discharge line


setpoint springsetpoint adjuster

control stage

load limitingstage

main valve

inlet pressure line

measuring line



116




pneumatic pilot for main valves

The pneumatic pressure stage automaticallychecks the given minimal value of the outletpressure. If the outlet pressure drops to thismin. value during operation, the pa min-control stage takes over and holds thepressure constant. The switching betweenthe electronic control (operated by theelectro-pneumatic control stage) and theoutlet pressure control through the pneu-matic control stage runs independently andsmoothly in both directions without anynoticeable transition effects.

Following tasks are possible:

❑ setpoint adjustment- for a quick adapation of the setpoint to

often changing operational conditions- for combining the regulator into a

process control system❑ flow regulation

- for gas storage in tube networks andtanks (optimization)

- for meter protection❑ pressure regulation

- combined with meter protectionthrough flow limitation to qB max

- with timer for daily/weekly programmefor pressure control

- to reach a better control accuracy andcontrol stability through an electronicPI-regulation




2nd stage control stage for the minimaloutlet pressure pa min

3rd stage electro-pneumatic controlstage for conversion of electricsignals into pneumatic signals

117



sectional view RMG 655 (electro-pneumatic stage in contact)


measuring line

discharge valve

discharge line


differentialpressure lines

pilot

differential pressurecontrol stage

control stage pa min

load limitingstage

main valve

setpoint spring

setpoint adjuster

inlet pressure line

RMG 110

118


❑ for outlet and differential pressurecontrol (flow rate)


❑ flowrate control by measuring signal as aspecial feature

❑ three-stage pilot with load limiting stage,control stage and differential pressurecontrol stage as interchangeablecartridge assemblies

❑ provided with inlet, load limiting, andoutlet pressure gauges and filter

RMG 905


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroutlet pressure range Whoutlet pressure 0.5 bar to 90 bardifferential pressure 0.050 bar to 1.2 bar

Pressure Regulation Pilot RMG 655 So


pneumatic pilot for main valves

119



sectional view RMG 655 So (stage for max. outlet pressure (pa max) in contact)

pilot


measuring line

discharge valve

discharge line



differential pressurecontrol stage

control stage pa max

load limitingstage

main valve

setpoint spring

setpoint adjuster

inlet pressure line

Attention: for orifice plates to be located on the inlet side, the differential pressure controlstage has to be equipped with a metal harmonica type measuring device.

120

*) ∆p = 0 (zero flow) is adjustable


setpoint spring


1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2

control stage 2 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

with type 3 brown 6.3 2 to 10measuring unit 4 red 7.0 5 to 20

5 green 8.0 10 to 40



load limiting stage green 5.0 1 to 10automatically over pa

differential pressure control stage black 2.3 0.05 to 1.2*



121


The pneumatic pressure stages automati-cally check the given minimal and maximalvalues of the outlet pressure. If those max.values are reached during operation, therelevant stages take over control and holdthe pressure constant within the given limits.The switching between the electronic control(operated by the electro-pneumatic controlstage) and the outlet pressure restrictionthrough the pneumatic control stages runsindependantly and smoothly in both direc-tions without any noticeable transitioneffects.Following tasks are possible between themin. and max. pressure limits:

❑ setpoint adjustment- for a quick adapation of the setpoint to

often changing operational conditions- for combining the regulator into a

process control system❑ flow regulation

- for gas storage in tube networks andtanks (optimization)

- for meter protection❑ pressure regulation

- combined with meter protectionthrough flow limitation to qB max

- with timer for daily/weekly programmefor pressure control

- to reach a better control accuracy andcontrol stability through an electronicPI-regulation




2nd stage control stage for the minimaloutlet pressure pa min

3rd stage control stage for the maximaloutlet pressure pa max

4th stage electro-pneumatic controlstage for conversion of electricsignals into pneumatic signals

electro-pneumatic pilot for diaphragm-operated main valves



122


Series 600 - Pilot for pilot-operated Gas Pressure Regulator

connection forelectronic regulator

dischargeline

loadingpressureline

magnet coil



load limitingstage

main valve

setpoint spring

setpoint adjuster

inlet pressure line

sectional view RMG 658 (electro-pneumatic control stage regulating)

el.-pneumaticcontrol stage

measuringline

dischargevalve

RMG 110

123


❑ for gas pressure regulators operated byauxiliary pressure taken from the inletduct

❑ for outlet and differential pressure controlwith an additional outlet pressure controlstage

❑ specially designed for gas storage


❑ four-stage pilot with load limiting stage,two control stages for max. and min. outletpressure, and a differential pressurecontrol stage as interchangeablecartridge assemblies

❑ provided with inlet, load limiting and outletpressure gauges and filter RMG 905

❑ the pilot function is performed by twooutlet pressure control stage adjustedindependently from each other to low limitsetpoint (control stage for pa min) and highlimit setpoint (control stage for pa max)together with a differential pressurecontrol stage. The transition between thefunctions of the stages is automatic.

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 100 baroulet pressure ranges Whoutlet pressure pa min-stage

0.5 bar to 90 baroutlet pressure pa max-stage

0.5 bar to 90 bardifferential pressure 0.050 bar to 1.2 barload limiting stage 1.0 bar to 10 bar above pa





124



Attention: for orifice plates to be located on the inlet side the differential pressure controlstage has to be equipped with a metal harmonica type measuring device.

pilot


measuring line

discharge valve


differential pressure stage



load limitingstage

setpoint spring

setpoint adjuster

inlet pressure line

sectional drawing RMG 658 So (stage for max. outlet pressure (pa max) regulating)

125


setpoint spring

no colour wire dia. adjustable pressure rangein mm Wh in bar

1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2



5 green 8.0 10 to 40



differential pressure control unit black 2.3 0.050 to 1.2



126

Pressure Regulation overview

Series 600 - station automation

Nowadays the trend goes away from theclassical pneumatical regulation with electriclong-distance setpoint adjustment to modernstation automation technology. Gas pressureregulators are thus combined more andmore into remote control systems for naturalgas distributing networks.

RMG offers system solutions adapted tocustomers´ requests. From simple outletpressure control to complete station mana-gement, anything is possible with RMG´seasy-to-connect modules!In co-operation with the customer, RMGworks out performance specifications whichare set into practice by our experiencedprogrammers. Before going into everydayuse each system is tested intensively in ourtrial field. Initiation time on site is thusreduced considerably.

RMG Station Automation

Elements for RMG Station Automation:

- Compact System SCS 2001

- Station Control System SCS 2200

- Station Control System SCS 2500

- Pilot RMG 638

- Pilot RMG 655, RMG 658

- Pulse Modulator RMG 110

page

127

128

130

106

116, 121

132

127

Pressure Regulation Compact System SCS 2001


Compact System SCS 2001

Application examples:

(the order of the following list can be varied

in priority to fit any demands):

- outlet pressure regulation

- inlet pressure regulation

- meter protection

- standard flow control

- position regulation for electr. and pneum.

valves

- Wobbe regulation

- ratio control for gas mixture regulation

- by-pass and cascade control

- gas temperature control

(dew point guidance optional)

- reference quantity optimization (acc. to

hour or daily rate)

- quantity conversion acc. to AGA - NX - 19

(for non-custody transfer)

- automatic switching of regulating and

metering lines

- odourizing control

❑ modern, low-budget decentralized

automation system

❑ hardware basis is Protronic 500/550

❑ RMG-own Software

❑ independent pressure- and flow

regulation

❑ steering and controlling functions for the

regulating line

❑ LC-display shows all relevant data with

physical units

❑ graphical display shows trend curves

❑ regulating tasks, errors, and working

status shown in full text

❑ process connections with standard E/A

Additionally to the display of the SCS 2001

RMG offers also the possibility of a visuali-

zation on site, or a remote visualization. Also

for this case RMG works out solutions accor-

ding to customers´ requests. Apart from the

start-up of the system and it´s dynamical

processing values, it is possible to collect

and to show messages and error quotes.

The flexible programming of the

automatization systems PROTRONIC 500 /

550 realizes the fast conversion of complex

regulative and controllable technical tasks.

128

Pressure Regulation Station Control System SCS 2200


RMG Meßtechnik GmbHRMG Information 3.831

Stationskontrollsystem

The System 2200 is constructed in modularunits, so that single modules or a combi-nation of the following can be combined inone housing:

• station control system SCS 2200 supervises the regulating, steering, and the alarm signals

• volume corrector ERZ 2200 Flow-Computer, can be used as officially calibrated base volume corrector, as calorific value corrector or asdifferential pressure corrector

• tariff recorder MRG 2200 officially calibrated data logging system

❑ When extended to the maximum, the ERZ 2200 consists of the basic unit, the regulating unit and the DSfG-DFÜ-unit. All 3 units are combined in one 19“ rack- mounting unit

❑ easy-to-use plain-speech menues

❑ measuring values and signals shown in text form

approved by PTB

129



functional groups:

station control system SCS 2200

a) regulation - gas pressure and flow regulation with pneumatic or electric valve systems - pre-heater regulation with optimized steering of the boiler - regulation of the heating system in a gas station

b) steering - switching of lines or meters acc. to flow values - control of the odorizing dosing pump - switching of pumps in heating systems

c) supervision - analog and binary supervision and recording of signals, and documentation thereof - supervision of filters via differential pressure - comparing of signals, i.e. comparing meters positioned in a row

volume corrector ERZ 2200

d) officially calibrated volume correction - base volume correction - calorific value correction - density/mass correction (optional) - differential pressure corrrector

tariff recorder MRG 2200

e) data logging and recording of - events (messages) - working data - calibrated tariff data (MRG-tasks)

functions incorporated in every group:

f) remote signalling and control - DSfG- or Modbus-communication - communication for remote regulation - modem connection

g) other functions - volume correction (cannot be calibrated) for several meters - DSfG radio-signal clock for synchronizing the complete system

130



SCS 2500

single station

SCS 2500

management

Engineering-

station

ethernet

field bus:

MODBUS or

PROFIBUS DP standard E/A

SCS 2001

station control system

The station control system SCS 2500 can

accomplish all automized tasks desired in

natural gas distributing stations. The

compact pilot system combines all the

advantages of freely programmable and

conventional process management systems.

The functionality and quality of regulation -

as known in the RMG automatisation system

SCS 2001 (Protronic 500/550) and in use

successfully several hundred times - can be

integrated completely into the SCS 2500.

Standardized programming codes acc. to

IEC 1131-3 and the close resemblance

between Freelance 2000 and Protronic 500/

550 reduces the necessary programming to

a minimum. This also cuts down engineering

costs considerably.

The user interface of the process manage-

ment system was adapted to the needs of

gas offtake stations.

overview of the single components:

131



SCS 2500 single station

(modular E/A-units with optional CPUredundancy)• superposed steering and regulating tasks

• flow optimization

• pressure and flow regulation, direct control

of the regulating line

• coupling of secondary automizing systems

• data logging and forwarding

• remote connections

engineering station

(standard portable PC, laptop)

• configuring and program encoding for

process management and pilot tasks

• putting into operation and functional tests

SCS 2500 management

(standard portable PC or industrial PC)

• process visualization

• process control (locked through user ID)

• trend visualization

• signal management

• protocol and filing tasks

example of

the user

interface

132

Pressure Regulation pulse modulator RMG 110a


pulse modulator

❑ for controlling the electro-pneumaticloading pressure stage of the pilotsRMG 638, RMG 655, RMG 658

❑ to transpose an electric analog signal intoa pulse signal

❑ choice of the characteristic line(increasing or decreasing) throughjumpers

❑ adjustable zero point, divergence andfrequency (basic adjustment upondelivery)

❑ mounting through snapping onto DIN-rails

inlet

0/4-20 mA or 10 V

outlet

24V pulse signal

modulation frequency

max. 2 kHz

power supply

24 VDC

current consumption

max. 1.5 A


The pulse modulator RMG 110a is used aslink between the electronic regulating system(i.e. Protronic regulator) and the electro-pneumatic regulating stage

133

Pressure Regulation notes


134

❍ )

onl

y up

to

PN

16

(pzu

l = 1

6 ba

r)1)

onl

y fo

r si

zes

up t

o D

N 1

502)

onl

y fo

r si

zes

from

DN

200

upw

ard

direct-actingactuators for safetyshut-off valves with

switching device

RMG 731

RMG 730

RMG 721

RMG 720

RMG 711

RMG 704

RMG 703

RMG 530

RMG 503

RMG 408

RMG 402

RMG 361

RMG 332

RMG 330

RMG 300


Series 600 - Actuators for Safety Shut-Off Valves and Safety Relief Valves

ove

rvie

w

actu

ator

gas

pres

sure

reg

ulat

orsa

fety

shu

t-of

f-w

ith in

corp

orat

ed S

AV

devi

ce (

SA

V)

adju

stab

le r

ange

type

syst

emov

erpr

essu

reun

derp

ress

ure

rele

ase

rele

ase

Who

Whu

in b

arin

bar

K 1

aR

MG

0.05

0 to

1.5

0.01

0 to

0.1

20●

●●

●●

●●

●

K 2

a67

30.

400

to 4

.50.

060

to 0

.400

●●

●●

●●

K 4

RM

G0.

040

to 0

.50.

005

to 0

.060

●●

●●

●

K 5

674

0.20

0 to

1.5

0.01

5 to

0.1

20●

●●

●●

K 6

0.60

0 to

4.5

0.04

0 to

0.3

00●

●●

●

K 1

0a0.

050

to 1

.50.

010

to 0

.120

●●

●●

●●

●

K 1

1a/1

RM

G0.

400

to 4

.50.

060

to 1

.000

●●

1●

1●

K 1

1a/2

672

2.50

0 to

8.0

0.80

0 to

2.2

00●

●1

●1

●

K 1

20.

500

to 8

.00.

100

to 2

.000

●●

●2

●

K 1

34.

000

to 3

00.

500

to 6

.000

●●

●2

●

K 1

5a R

MG

675

0.03

0 to

10

❍❍

❍❍

K 1

6 R

MG

670

0.80

0 to

40

●●

●●

●●

●●

●

K 1

7 R

MG

671

2 to

40

●●

●●

●●

●●

●

K 1

8 R

MG

670

20 t

o 90

●●

●●

●●

●

K 1

9

RM

G 6

7120

to

90●

●●

●●

●

135

Pressure Regulation Overview Table


The re-engagement differential is defined as

follows:

After overpressure release the pressure

prevailing at the safety shut-off measuring

point must be reduced by the value of ∆po,

and after underpressure cut-off the outlet

pressure has to be increased by the stated

value ∆pu, before re-engaging the safety

shut-off valve to position “valve open“.

Additionally a minimum pressure differential

has to be observed between pso and psu:

re-engagement differential ∆∆∆∆∆po and ∆∆∆∆∆pu

outlet pressure rangewhere safe re-engagement

is possible

re-engagement differential ∆po

overpressure release pso

re-engagement differential ∆pu

underpressure release psu

136

actuators K 16, K 18 (system RMG 670) for overpressure releasefor safety shut-off valves (SAV) and safety relief valves (SBV)actuator K 17, K 19 (system RMG 671) for underpressure releasefor safety shut-off valves

max. operating pressure p max 100 bar

adjustable ranges for SAV-release: overpressure K 16, K 18 Who 1 bar to 90 bar underpressure K 17, K 19 Whu 2 bar to 90 baradjustable ranges for SBV-release K 16, K 18 Wh 2 bar to 90 bar

approved by DIN-DVGWwith RMG main valves

Pressure Regulation Actuator Systems RMG 670, RMG 671


❑ actuators for safety shut-off valves, pilot-operated and working with their ownmedium; the actuator is a part of thisdevice according to DIN 3381


❑ high response accuracy

❑ response pressure can be brought veryclose to the pressure to be controlled


❑ K 18 with metal harmonica typemeasuring unit

*) not to be used for RMG 711, DN 25 to DN 150: here the adjustment rangeWho for spring 2 begins at 0.8 bar**) The higher values are valid for the first half of the adjustment range

actuators K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19

setpoint spring overpressure release underpressure releasere-engagement re-engagement response

adjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆pu precisionresponse between response between category

range response press. range response press.Who and normal Whu and normal

wire dia. service pressure service pressureno. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG**

0* blue 3.2 0.8 to 1.3 0.1 2.5

K161 black 4.5 1 to 5 0.2 2.5 / 1

2 grey 5.0 2 to 10 0.4 1

3 brown 6.3 5 to 20 0.8 1

4 red 7.0 10 to 40 1.2 1

2 grey 5.0 2 to 10 0.4 1

K17 3 brown 6.3 5 to 20 0.8 1

4 red 7.0 10 to 40 1.2 1

K18 1 9.0 20 to 90 1.5 1

K19 1 9.0 20 to 90 1.5 1

137

Pressure Regulation Actuator Systems RMG 670, RMG 671


sectional drawing RMG 670, K 16 (for overpressure release)

sectional drawing RMG 671, K 17 (for underpressure release)

setpoint adjuster

setpoint spring


measuringline

pressure converter

switch device

knob formanualrelease

setpoint adjuster

setpoint spring


measuringline

pressure converter

switch device

knob formanualrelease

138

max. operating pressure p max 100 bar

adjustable ranges:overpressure release

Who 0.050 bar to 30 barunderpressure release



Pressure Regulation Actuator System RMG 672


actuators K 10a, K 11a/1, K 11a/2, K 12, K 13 (system RMG 672)

❑ for safety shut-off valves; the actuator is apart of this device according to DIN 3381


❑ high temperature range


❑ K 11a/1 with diaphragm measuring unitK 11a/2 with piston-type measuring unit

139

*) not to be used for SAV RMG 711, DN 25 to DN 150**) The higher values are valid for the first half of the adjustment range



re-engagement re-engagement responseadjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆pu precisionresponse between response between category


wire dia. service pressure service pressureno. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG1* yellow 2.5 0.050 to 0.100 0.030 10/5

2 bright red 3.2 0.080 to 0.250 0.050 10/5

3 dark red 3.6 0.2 to 0.5 0.100 5/2.5

K10a4 white 4.8 0.4 to 1.5 0.250 5/2.5

5 light blue 1.1 0.010 to 0.015 0.012 15

6 white 1.2 0.014 to 0.040 0.030 15/5

7 black 1.4 0.035 to 0.120 0.060 5

1 bright red 3.2 0.4 to 0.8 0.10 10/5

2 dark red 3.6 0.6 to 1.6 0.20 10/5

K11a/1 3 white 4.8 1.5 to 4.5 0.30 5/2.5

4 light blue 1.1 0.060 to 0.150 0.050 15/5

5 black 1.4 0.120 to 0.400 0.080 5

6 bright red 2.3 0.350 to 1.000 0.100 5

K11a/23 white 4.8 2.5 to 8.0 0.50 10/5

6 bright red 2.3 0.8 to 2.2 0.4 15/5

1 li. green 5.0 0.5 to 1.5 0.25 5/2.5

2 yellow 6.3 1.0 to 3.0 0.50 2.5/1

3 bright red 8.0 2.0 to 8.0 1.00 2.5/1K12

4 white 2.0 0.1 to 0.2 0.2 15

5 light blue 2.8 0.150 to 0.8 0.4 15/5

6 black 3.6 0.5 to 2.0 0.8 15/5

2 yellow 6.3 4 to 14 2.0 2.5/1

3 bright red 8.0 7 to 30 4.0 2.5/1

K13 4 white 2.0 0.5 to 1.2 0.8 15

5 light blue 2.8 0.7 to 3.5 1.5 15/5

6 black 3.6 1.5 to 6.0 3.5 15/5

actuators K 10a, K 11a/1, K 11a/2, K 12, K 13

setpoint spring overpressure release underpressure release

140

setpoint adjuster

setpoint springs

switching valve RMG 919

ball releasemechanism

measuringdiaphragm

measuringline

movementdeviation

sectional drawing RMG 672, K 10a (for RMG 711 DN 200 up to DN 300, RMG 721 and

RMG 731)

sectional drawing RMG 672, K 11a/1 (for RMG 711 DN 25 up to DN 150)


measuring line

measuringdiaphragm

setpoint adjuster

setpoint springs

ball release mechanism

switch device

push-buttonfor manual

release



switch device

push-buttonfor manual

release

141

sectional drawing RMG 672, K 12 (for RMG 711 DN 200 to DN 300 and RMG 721)

setpoint adjuster

setpoint springs

release/movementdeviation

measuringdiaphragm

measuringline



142



Who 0.040 bar to 4.50 barunderpressure release

Whu 0.010 bar to 0.40 bar


actuators K 1a, K 2a (system RMG 673)

actuators K 1a, K 2a

setpoint spring overpressure release underpressure releasere-engagement re-engagement response

adjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆po precisionresponse between response between category


wire dia. service pressure service pressureno. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG*

1 yellow 2.5 0.040 to 0.100 0.030 10/5

2 bright red 3.2 0.080 to 0.250 0.050 10/5

3 dark red 3.6 0.2 to 0.5 0.100 5/2.5

K1a 4 white 4.8 0.5 to 1.5 0.250 5/2.5

5 yellow 1.0 0.010 to 0.015 0.012 15

6 white 1.2 0.014 to 0.040 0.030 15/5

7 black 1.4 0.035 to 0.120 0.060 5

2 bright red 3.2 0.4 to 0.8 0.1 10/5

3 dark red 3.6 0.6 to 1.6 0.2 10/5

K2a 4 white 4.75 1.5 to 4.5 0.3 5/2.5

5 light blue 1.1 0.060 to 0.150 0.050 15/5

6 black 1.4 0.120 to 0.400 0.100 5

❑ for safety shut-off valves; the actuator is apart of this device according to DIN 3381






*) The higher values are valid for the first half of the adjustment range

143

setpoint adjuster

setpoint springs


sectional drawing RMG 673, K 1a and K 2a (for RMG 300, RMG 330 and RMG 332)


measuringdiaphragm

measuringline

integratedby-pass valve

SAV valve plate



144



Who 0.020 bar to 4.5 barunderpressure release

Whu 0.004 bar to 0.300 bar


actuators K 4, K 5, K 6 (system RMG 674)

❑ for safety shut-off devices; the actuator isa part of this device according to

DIN 3381






re-engagement re-engagement responseadjustable differential ∆po adjustable differential ∆po precisionresponse between response between category


wire dia. service pressure service pressureno. colour in mm in bar in bar in bar in bar AG*

2 bright red 3.2 0.040 to 0.100 0.020 5/2.5

3 dark red 3.6 0.080 to 0.250 0.030 2.5

K4 4 black 4.5 0.200 to 0.500 0.060 2.5/1

5 light blue 1.1 0.005 to 0.020 0.010 15/5

6 black 1.4 0.015 to 0.060 0.020 5

3 dark red 3.6 0.2 to 0.8 0.1 2.5

4 black 4.5 0.6 to 1.5 0.2 2.5/1

K5 5 light blue 1.1 0.015 to 0.050 0.030 15/5

6 schwarz 1.4 0.040 to 0.120 0.060 5

3 dark red 3.6 0.6 to 2.0 0.2 2.5

4 black 4.5 1.5 to 4.5 0.4 2.5/1

K6 5 light blue 1.1 0.040 to 0.120 0.060 15/5

6 black 1.4 0.120 to 0.300 0.120 5

actuators K 1a, K 2a

setpoint spring overpressure release underpressure release


145

setpoint adjuster

setpoint springs



measuring line

measuring diaphragm

closing spring

integratedby-pass valve

SAV valve plate

push-button forre-engagement



146

actuator K 15 (system RMG 675)


adjustable ranges:Who 0.030 bar to 1 bar

valve seat diameter 3 mm

connections:screw connections without brazing acc. toDIN 2353 for tube external diameter 12 mm

❑ for safety shut-off devices (overpressurerelease only)


❑ high response accuracy; small re-engagement differentials

❑ simple operation and maintenance

❑ can be installed in the measuring line ofthe SAV



acutators K 15a (only up to pzul = 16 bar)

setpoint spring overpressure releasere-engagementdifferential ∆po response

response between precisionrange response press. categoryWho and normal

wire dia. service pressureno. colour in mm in bar in bar AG*1 grey 0.03 to 0.045 0.005 5

2 yellow 0.035 to 0.10 0.01 5/2.5

3 ivory 0.08 to 0.20 0.02 2.5/1

K15a 4 bright red 0.15 to 0.30 0.03 1

5 dark red 0.25 to 0.40 0.04 1

6 light blue 0.30 to 0.50 0.05 1

7 dark blue 0.45 to 1.00 0.10 1


147

setpoint adjuster

setpoint spring

valve plate

measuringdiaphragm

connection torelease system



148

necessary safety devices for gas pressure regulating stations accordingto German Regulations G 490 / G 491

Pressure Regulation Overview-Table for Safety Shut-Off Valves

Series 700, Safety Shut-Off Valves

149

❍w

ith c

onne

ctin

g pi

eces

500

400

300

250

200

150

100

80

50

40

25

Pressure Regulation Overview-Table for Safety Shut-Off Valves


ove

rvie

w

max

.ad

just

men

t ra

nge

pipe

siz

e in

mm

oper

atin

gfo

r

desc

ript

ion

seri

esty

pepr

essu

reov

er-

unde

r-

p max

pres

sure

pres

sure

rele

ase

rele

ase

in b

arW

ho in

bar

Whu

inba

r

RM

G70

310

00.

04 t

o 90

0.01

to

40●

❍❍

RM

G70

410

00.

05 t

o 90

0.01

to

40●

❍❍

safe

tyR

MG

711

100

0.05

to

900.

01 t

o 40

●●

●●

●●

●●

shut

-off

700

RM

G72

016

0.03

to

4.5

0.00

5 to

0.4

●●

●●

●

valv

eR

MG

721

400.

03 t

o 40

0.01

to

40●

●●

●(S

SV

)R

MG

730

250

1.0

to 9

0-

●●

RM

G73

110

00.

05 t

o 40

0.01

to

40●

●●

●●

●●

RM

G79

0fo

r ga

s10

02.

0 to

10

-●

●●

●●

pre-

heat

ers

RM

G67

010

01

to 9

0-

safe

tyR

MG

832

100

0.00

5 to

30

-va

riou

s

rel ie

f val

ve80

0R

MG

835

250.

005

to 2

-tu

be c

onne

ctio

ns(S

BV

)R

MG

873

100

10 t

o 10

0-

<D

N25

pilo

t-si

zes

DN

E =

DN

A:

oper

ated

DN

25,

DN

50,

DN

80,

DN

100

safe

ty80

0R

MG

850

100

1 to

90

-(D

iffer

ent

nois

e-re

duci

ng o

utle

tre

l ief

valv

e

ex

pans

ions

ava

i labl

e)(S

BV

)

150


twin safety shut-off device for various actuators with diff. release ranges


❑ to be provided with actuatorsK 1a, K 2a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19

❑ shut-off reaction at diaphragm rupture

max. operating pressure pmax 100 bar(depending on type of connection andspecial feature upon customers´ request)adjustable ranges (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release



connectionsinlet and outlet:screw connections without brazingDIN 2353, PN 100, for exterior pipe diameter10 mm to 42 mm;flanged to DIN PN 25, PN 40,ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,ANSI 600 RF/RTJ with adaptors of DN 25,DN 40, DN 50

response time t 0.1 s to 0.3 s

special features upon customer´s request❑ electromagnetic release upon current

supply

❑ electric remote indication of valve position„closed“ (proximity switch)

❑ manual release

❑ screw connection adaptors for combina-tion with regulator RMG 200 or RMG 201

❑ safety shut-off valve for municipal,industrial, and individual consumers

❑ suitable for small flowrate regulating lineswithin large volume gas pressureregulating stations


❑ two independent safety shut-off devices(SSV) in one body (twin body)

❑ compact and simple design

Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Device RMG 703



151

Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Device RMG 703



adjustable pressure ranges of actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 1a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400

K 16 0.800 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

K 18 20.0 to 90.0

K 19 20.0 to 90.0

152


❑ compact and simple design


❑ to be provided with actuatorsK 1a, K 2a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19


max. operating pressure pmax 100 bar(depending on type of connection andspecial feature upon customers´ request)adjustable ranges (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release



connectionsinlet and outlet:screw connections without brazing toDIN 2353, PN 100 for exterior pipe diameter10 mm to 42 mm;flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40ANSI 300 RF/RTJ,ANSI 600 RF/RTJ with adaptors of DN 25,DN 40, DN 50


special feature upon customer´s request❑ electromagnetic release upon current

supply


❑ manual release

❑ screw connection adaptors for combina-tion with regulator RMG 200 or RMG 201

safety shut-off device for various actuators with different release ranges

❑ safety shut-off valve for municipal,industrial, and individual consumers

❑ suitable for small flowrate regulatinglines within large volume gas pressureregulating stations


Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Valve RMG 704



153




adjustable pressure ranges of actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 1a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400

K 16 0.800 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

K 18 20.0 to 90.0

K 19 20.0 to 90.0

154

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHRMG-Leaflet 711.00 (DN 25 to DN 150)


❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionand distribution systems, for gas supply toindustrial and power plants


❑ low pressure drop due to in-line flow

❑ four tripping possibilities; standard versionwith manual release


❑ to be provided with actuators

K 10a, K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19


max. operating pressure pmax to 100 bar(depending on type of connection)adjustable range (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release



connectionsDN 25 to DN 150flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40, ANSI 300RF/RTJ, ANSI 600 RF/RTJresponse time t 0.1 s to 0.3 s

special feature upon customers´request

❑ electromagnetic release upon currentsupply and/or failure



Series 700, Safety Shut-Off Valves DN 25 to DN 150


155



face-to-face dimensions face-to-face dimensions in mm

pipe size flanged to DIN flanged toANSI ANSI ANSI

PN 25/40 300 RF 300 RJ 600 RF/RJ

DN 25 170 170 180 180

DN 50 230 230 240 250

DN 80 280 290 300 310

DN 100 320 330 340 350

DN 150 430 440 450 470

adjustable pressure ranges of SAV-actuators (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 10a 0.080 to 1.500 0.010 to 0.120

K 11a/1 0.4 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000

K 11a/2 2.5 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200

K 16 * 0.8 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

K 18 20.0 to 90.0

K 19 20.0 to 90.0

*) adjustment range for DN 150 begins at 1.0 bar

156





❑ simple design, easy maintenance; easyreplacement of internal parts withoutdismantling valve from line; can beoperated from either side

❑ four tripping possibilities;standard version with manual release


❑ to be provided with actuatorsK 10a, K 12, K 13, K 16, K 17, K 18, K 19


max. operating pressure pmax to 100 bar(depending on type of connection)adjustable range (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release


Whu 0.010 bar to 40 barconnectionsDN 200, DN 250, DN 300flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40, ANSI 300RF/RTJ, ANSI 600 RF/RTJresponse time t 0.1s to 0.5 sspecial feature upon customer´s request



Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Valves RMG 711


RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHRMG-Leaflet 711.01 (DN 200 to DN 300)


157

Pressure Regulation Safety Shut-Off Valves RMG 711




K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.100 to 2.0

K 13 0.400 to 30.0 0.500 to 6.0

K 16 0.800 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

K 18 20.0 to 90.0


face-to-face dimensions in mm

pipe size flanged to DIN flanged toPN 25; PN 40 ANSI 300 RF/RJ ANSI 600 RF/RJ

DN 200 725 725 725

DN 250 730 775 775

DN 300 800 800 800

158

RMG-GASELAN Regel + Meßtechnik GmbHRMG-Leaflet 720.00




❑ compact design; small face-to-facedimensions


❑ can be provided with actuatorsK 1a, K 2a, K 15a (DN 25),K 4, K 5, K 6, K 16 (from DN 50)



adjustable range (see pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release

Who 0.030 bar to 4.5 barfor underpressure release

Whu 0.005 bar to 0.4 barconnectionsDN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16 and PN 25(DN 50 to DN 100), ANSI 150 RF


special feature upon customer´s request

❑ electromagnetic release upon currentsupply


❑ venting valve RMG 919(enables shut-off reaction at diaphragmrupture)




159



face-to-face dimensionspipe size DN 25*) DN 50 DN 80 DN 100

dimensions in mm 184 254 298 352

*) DN 25 ANSI 150 only up to pzul 16 bar



K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400

K 4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060

K 5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120

K 6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300

K 15a 0.030 to 1.0

K 16 0.800 to 40.0

160



❑ for domestic and industrial applicationsand power plants


❑ compact design; small face-to-facedimensions




❑ can be provided with actuatorsK 10a, K 12, K 13, K 15a, K 16, K 17





Whu 0.010 bar to 20 barconnectionsDN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25, PN 40,ANSI 150 RF and 300 RF








161





K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 12 0.500 to 8.0 0.1 to 2.0

K 13 4.0 to 30.0 0.5 to 6.0

K 15a 0.030 to 1.0

K 16 0.8 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

face-to-face dimensionspipe size DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150

dimensions in mm 254 298 352 451

dimensions for ANSI 150 (mm) 254 318 368 473

162


safety shut-off valve with valve sleeve

❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionsystems, and for gas caverns


❑ valve sleeve surrounded by driving piston

❑ valve sleeve with double sealing andinbetween ventilation

❑ at option: sleeve driven by auxiliary power(compressed air) or gas pressure


❑ several release possibilities (pneumatic orelectrical)

❑ switching device with mechanical divisionbetween high pressure and steeringpressure

❑ adjustable closing time

max. operating pressure pmax: 250 baradjustable pressure ranges (spring rangessee pages 134 ff.)for overpressure release Who 1.0 bar to 90 bar

connections: flanged acc. to ANSI 600, ANSI 900, and ANSI 1500 in DN 250 and DN 300

response time can be adjusted




163




actuator overpressure release re-engagement differential betweenWho in bar response pr. and service pr. in bar

K 16 1.0 to 40.0 dependant on spring range

K 18* 20.0 to 90.0 1.5

*) actuator type RMG 670 with metal harmonica measuring unit

dimensionssize face-to-face dimension in mm weight in kg

DN 250 1100 2000

DN 300 1100 2200

switching device RMG 680

164








❑ can be provided with actuatorsK 10a, K 11a, K 16, K 17, K 18


❑ same face-to-face dimensions as SAVtypes GSDK and GSDK-A

max. operating pressure pmax to 40 bar




connectionsDN 25 to DN 300flanged to DIN PN 10, PN 16, PN 25, PN 40and ANSI 150, ANSI 300

response time t 0.1s to 0.3s







165





K 10a 0.050 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 11a/1 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 1.000

K 11a/2 2.500 to 8.0 0.800 to 2.200

K 16 0.800 to 40.0

K 17 2.0 to 40.0

face-to-face dimensionsbody material DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 300

GS 400 500 580 680

GGG 380 480 570 660

166

adjustable ranges Wh

actuator/ adjustable range Wh response pressuresetpoint spring of the SAV in bar variation AG

K1/ F1 2.0 to 2.5 5

K1/ F2 2.5 to 3.5 2.5

K1/ F3 3.5 to 16 2.5


pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150

face-to-face dim. in mm 140 160 160 160 240


❑ for protection of tank device of the hotwater circuit of the gas pre-heater

❑ can be installed in fore-run and return-runof the hot water circuit

❑ easy installation

❑ small pressure loss

❑ easy operating control

tested by DVGW

max. operating pressure pmax up to 160 bar(acc. to pressure stage)

connectionsDN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150without flange, for installation betweenflanges DIN PN 10/16, PN 25, PN 40,and flanges acc. to ANSI 300, ANSI 600

safety shut-off valve with integrated actuator for the hot water circuit ofgas pre-heater



167



1) arrow for the installation direction(arrow must point to heat exchanger)

2) flange on the heat producer on Seite3) shut-off valves4) discharge line

5) sealing liquid6) connection for pressurization7) control gauge I8) control gauge II

Installation Examples

168

The table below gives a survey of all RMG-valves to be used as safety relief devices (SBV)

overview

max. adjustable rangevalve description type operating pressure Wh

pmax in bar in bar

safety relief valve (SBV), RMG 832 100 0.500 to 30

direct acting, RMG 835 1, 16, 25 0.005 to 2spring-loaded RMG 873 100 10 to 100

safety relief valve (SBV), RMG 850pilot-operated by auxiliary energy with actuator 100 2 to 90taken from the inlet pressure *) RMG 670

*) regulators with RS 10d...E or actuator RMG 652 can also be used as safety relief valves

Pressure Regulation Tables of Determination

Series 800 - Safety Relief Devices

169

Pressure Regulation Safety Relief Device RMG 832



❑ for municipal gas distribution systems andindustrial

❑ for installation downstream of gaspressure regulators to vent away gasleakages and avoid premature release ofsafety shut-off devices (SAV)


❑ easy and compact design


max. operating pressure pmax 100 baradustable range Wh 0.5 to 30 barvalve seat dia. 8 mm

connectionsinlet and outlet:screw connection without brazing toDIN 2353 for exterior pipe diameterinlet: 12 mm, outlet: 20 mm

spring-loaded safety relief valve

adjustable range

setpoint spring response

colour wire dia. adjustable response pressure precision cat.

no. in mm in bar AG*

1 grey 5.0 0.5 to 2.0 5 / 2.5

2 yellow 5.6 1.0 to 4.0 2.5 / 1

3 brown 6.3 2.0 to 8.0 2.5 / 1

4 red 7.0 4.0 to 16.0 2.5 / 1

5 green 8.0 12.0 to 30.0 2.5 / 1

*) The higher values are valid for the lower half of the adjustment range


170




❑ for municipal gas distribution systems andindustrial applications

❑ for installation downstream of gaspressure regulators to vent away gasleakages and avoid premature release ofsafety shut-off devices (SAV)


❑ easy and compact design



max. operating pressurepmax 4 bar, 16 bar, 25 baradjustable range Wh 0.005 bar to 2 bar

valve seat dia.3 mm (measuring unit 0)

25 mm (measuring units 1 and 2)

connectionsinlet and outlet:- PN 4 - internal thread G 1- PN 16 and 25 - screw connection without brazing to DIN 2353 exterior pipe diameter 12 mm (measuring unit 0) 28 mm (measuring units 1 and 2)



171



adjustable range

setpoint spring adjustable response pressure in bar

no. colour measuring unit 0 measuring unit 1 measuring unit 21 grey 0.020 to 0.045 0.005 to 0.030 -

2 yellow 0.035 to 0.100 0.015 to 0.075 -

3 ivory 0.080 to 0.200 0.040 to 0.150 -

4 bright red 0.150 to 0.300 0.075 to 0.200 -

5 dark red 0.250 to 0.400 0.100 to 0.300 0.200 to 0.600

6 light blue 0.300 to 0.500 0.150 to 0.400 0.300 to 0.800

7 dark blue 0.450 to 1.000 0.200 to 1.000 0.400 to 2.000

response precision category

adjustable response pressure response precision AG* response precision AG*in bar for measuring unit 0 and 1 for measuring unit 2

0.005 to 0.050 5 / 10

> 0.050 to 0.100 2.5 / 5

> 0.100 to 2.000 1 / 2.5

0.2 to 0.4 5

> 0.4 to 2.0 2.5

*) The higher values are valid for the lower half of the adjustment range

172




❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionsystems, for gas supply to industrial

❑ suitable for full capacity relief


❑ in-line flow



❑ quick reaction

❑ can be provided with noise-reducingoutlet duct system RMG 512

max. operating pressure pmax 100 bar(depending on inlet large pressure rating)adjustable range Wh 2 bar to 90 barvalve seat dia. = inlet pipe size

connections (inlet/outlet)DN 25, DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100flanged to DIN PN 25 and PN 40,ANSI 300and ANSI 600with noise reducting outlet duct:flanged only to ANSI 600 RF

pilot-operated safety relief valve


173



**) metal harmonica type measuring unit

face-to-face dimensions (measurements in mm)

size flanged to PN flanged to ANSI

inlet outlet 25 and 40 300 RF 300 RJ 600 RF/RJ

25 200 197 210 21025 100* 360 359 365 365

150* 360 359 365 365

50 270 267 283 28650 150* 422 421 429 430

200* 422 421 429 430

80 80 310 318 333 337250* 512 516 523 525

100 100 370 368 384 394300* 548 548 555 560

150 150 508 508 508400* 760 760 760

adjustable range

setpoint spring max. permissible min. differential responseservice pressure between normal precision

actuator no. wire dia. adjustable of measuring service pressure categorytype range diaphragm and response press.Typ Wh pzul ∆p

in mm in bar in bar in bar AG*

1 4.5 2 to 5 40 0.5 2.5 / 1

2 5.0 2 to 10 40 0.6 1

RMG 670 3 6.3 5 to 20 40 1.0 1

4 7.0 10 to 40 50 1.5 1

5 9.0 20 to 90** 100 2.0 1


174




❑ for offtake stations in gas transmissionand distribution systems, for industrialand power plant supply


❑ direct acting with proportional openingcharacteristic

❑ easy maintenance

max. operating pressure pmax 100 baradjustable range Wh 10 bar to 100 barvalve seat dia. 24 mmminimal flow dia. 8 mm

connectionsinlet and outlet:screw connection to DIN 2353, PN 100,for external pipe diameterinlet: 12 mmoutlet: 20 mm


-registration, DIN-DVGW and TÜVapproval

175

adustable range

setpoint spring adjustable response pressure spring dia.in bar in mm

F 1 10 to 50 7

F 2 40 to 100 8



response precision category

adjustable response range response precisionin bar AG

10 to 25 2.5

25 to 100 1

176

❑ for gas-preheating of pneumatic pilots

❑ suitable for natural gas and all non-corrosive gaseous media,also for sourgas

❑ the gas is fed throught a steel cast pipeinto an aluminium block

❑ the thermal transfer is effected by heatingup a self-regulating coil inside thealuminium block


max. operating pressure pmax 200 barservice voltage 220 V 50 Hzpower consumption 150 Wmax. temperature of the aluminium blockunder room temperature (+ 21°C)tmax + 115°C

connectionsinlet and outlet:screw connections without brazing toDIN 2353, PN 200, for external pipe dia.10 mm

explosion protection to VDE 0171/5.78:EEx de II CT3

electric explosion-proof gas pre-heater


Pressure Regulation Gas Pre-Heater RMG 900

Series 900 - Filters, Valves and other Functional Elements

-registration, PTB approval

177

❑ for pneumatic pilots

❑ can be used as filter block in a parallelset up (special feature)

❑ suitable for natural gas and all non-corrosive gaseous media; specialversions for sour gas and oxygen

❑ large filtration area

❑ high filtration efficiency

❑ easy maintenance (easy exchange offilter element)

❑ low flow resistance (negligible pressuredrop)

max. operating pressure pmax 100 (250) barfilter area 247 cm2

filter grade 5 µm to 7 µm

flow resistance:- new filter element ∆p 0.1 barmax. value for polluted filter insert ∆pmax 1 bar (clean or exchange insert at max. value)

connectionsinlet and outletscrew connections without brazing to DIN2353, PN 100, for external pipe dia. 10 mm

fine-mesh filter


Pressure Regulation Fine Mesh Filter RMG 905



178

cellular filter


❑ for municipal distribution systems,industrial and power plants


❑ small face-to-face dimensions

❑ easily interchangebale cartridges

❑ easy cleaning

Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 906 and RMG 906a



179

Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 906 and RMG 906a


RMG 906a:

❑ two-stage dust separator❑ option: magnet insert for prefiltration


connectionsinlet and outlet:DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25, ANSI 150(body material: ductile iron)

otherwise same as RMG 906

RMG 906:

max. operating pressure pmax 16 barflow resistance:- new filter element ∆p 0.050 bar- polluted filter insert max. ∆pmax 0.5 bar (clean or exchange insert at max. value)

connectioninlet and outlet:DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16(body material: aluminium cast)

DN 150flanged to DIN PN 16 according toDIN 28605 (body material: ductile iron)filter material: special paper

face-to-face dimensions, volume of pressure chamber


face-to-face dimensionsRMG 906 140 210 268 318 400

in mm RMG 906a 190 260 330 380

volume of the pressure RMG 906 0.45 1.6 5.1 11.5 34chamber in I (litre) RMG 906a 0.8 3.5 11 20

filter area in m2 0.05 0.19 0.57 0.93 2.26

180

❑ for municipal distribution systems,industrial and power plants


❑ small face-to-face dimensions

❑ easily interchangable cartridge

❑ easy cleaning

tested by DVGW

max. operating pressure pmax 16 barflow resistance:- new filter element ∆p 0.050 bar- polluted filter insert max. ∆pmax 0.5 bar (clean or exchange insert at max. value)

connectionsinlet and outlet:DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100flanged to DIN PN 16(body material: cast aluminium)filter material: special paper

angular filter


Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 907


181

*) from centre of body or centre of outlet flange to pipe connection

Pressure Regulation Filter RMG 907


angular dimensions (face-to-face), volume of pressure chamber

pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100

angular dimensions* in mm 78 123 134 159

volume of the pressure0.3 1.4 4.1 7.5

chamber in I (litre)

filter area in m2 0.05 0.19 0.57 0.93

182


❑ by-pass valve for safety shut-off devices

❑ for use in test lines for safety shut-offdevices


❑ the valve can be opened by pushing thelever; it closes automatically into itsservice position upon release.

max. operating pressure pmax 100 barvalve seat dia. 8 mm

connectionsstraight connection (GA) and cornerconnection (EA) with screw connectionswithout brazing acc. to DIN 2353 CS 10 orDIN 2353 CL12

Pressure Regulation Push Button Valve RMG 910a


182

push button contact valve with service position „closed”


183

Pressure Regulation Push Button Valve 911a


push button contact valve with service position „open”


❑ for use in measuring and test lines forsafety shut-off and safety relief devices


❑ the valve can be closed by pushing thelever; it re-opens automatically into itsservice position upon release.

❑ adaption possible for the safe use ofstart-up and operating lines (see page375, fig. 4)


connections:screw connections without brazing DIN 2353for external pipe dia. 12 mm

test connections:two screw couplings type 1215 for highpressure tubing DN 2

additional feature:three-way ball valve with negative over-lapping (i.e. no ”closed“ position duringswitching process)


184

❑ push-button valve for safety shut-offmeasuring lines, for safety shut-offmanual release (RMG 330 and RMG 408with actuator system RMG 720)



connectionsoptionally with screw connections withoutbrazing acc. to DIN 2353 CS 10 or DIN 2353CL12

three-way contact valve

Pressure Regulation Push Button Valve RMG 912




185

❑ suitable for integration into measuringlines for safety shut-off devices


❑ corresponds to the demands stated in theDVGW-worksheet G 491, point 6.4

❑ guarantees the function of safety deviceseven if handling mistakes are made

❑ enables easy SAV/SBV testing throughintegrated screw couplings for pressuri-zation and pressure measuring

❑ adaption possible for the safe use ofstart-up and operating lines (see page375, fig. 4)

max. operating pressure pmax 100 barresponse pressure of overpressure valve∆p 0.1 bar

connectionsscrew connections without brazing DIN 2353for external pipe dia. 12 mm

test connectionstwo screw couplings type 1215 for highpressure tubing 4 mm

additional featurethree-way ball valve with negative over-lapping (i.e. no ”closed“ position duringswitching process)

testing valve


Pressure Regulation Testing Valve RMG 914



186

❑ to protect indoor stations from gasleakages out of diaphragm chambers

❑ to limit max. gas leakage resulting fromdiaphragm deficiency to the standardvalue of 30 Iitres/hour (air)

❑ can replace installation of vent lines

❑ suitable for natural gas

❑ easy installation by screwing valve intovent bore

approved by DIN-DVGW for the vent lineconnections at diaphragm assemblies, pilotsand measuring units of the following valves:

- R 10 d (only up to pe = 25 bar)- RMG 300, RMG 320, RMG 330 (for regulating lines of slow reaction only)- RMG 322, RMG 332, RMG 402, RMG 408, RMG 409 (only up to pe = 25 bar)

version 1:max. operating pressure pmax 25 barleakage limitation to qn 30 I/h (air)

version 2:max. operating pressure pmax 100 barleakage limitation to qn 100 I/h (air)

connection R 1/2“a and M 16 x 1.5

vent valve


Pressure Regulation Vent Valve RMG 915


air

leak

age

rate

qn

in [l

/h]

pressure in diaphragm chamber p [bar]

operational diagram

standard flow limitation 30 l/h (100 l/h)

reactionupondiaphragmdeficiency> 30 l/h(> 100 l/h)

reactionunder normal

valve strokemovements

187

❑ to adjust and to test the safety shut-offvalves and safety relief valves


❑ for an easier and safer pressurization andpressure release by SAV or SBV teststhrough sensitive dosage valves

❑ connection for high pressure tube orscrew connection acc. to DIN 2353

❑ with integrated stop ball valve for the inletpressure


connection for inlet pressure:adapter for screw coupling type 1215 orscrew connection acc. to DIN 2353 for tubedia. 10 mm or 12 mm (option)

connection for pressurization and dis-charge:screw coupling type 1215 for high pressuretube (approved by DVGW) or screwconnection acc. to DIN 2353 for tube dia. 10mm or 12 mm (option)


testing valve

Pressure Regulation Test Combination RMG 916



188

❑ application for safety relief valves (SBV):- gives indication of the SBV relief

operation- simplifies the response control- facilitates the setpoint adjustment

❑ simple operation

❑ pressure resistant and overload proof

❑ can replace the displacement meter forreleased gas


❑ remote indication as an optional feature

max. operating pressure pmax 100 barvalve seat diameter 28 mmresponse setpoint qn 100 I/h (air)

connections:screw connections without brazing toDIN 2353 for inlet and outletfor external pipe dia. 10 mm, 12 mm,20 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, 28 mm and forfemale thread R 1”i

monitoring device for gas leakage relief valves


Pressure Regulation Monitoring Device RMG 917



189

*) from centre of body to pipe connection

Pressure Regulation Monitoring Device RMG 917



inlet connection screw connections withoutfor brazing to DIN 2355 (PN 100) angular *

SBV actuatorat option for inlet and outlet dimensions in mm

exterior pipe dia. in mm A

pipe connection R 1” i 40RMG 835 28 74

25 87

22 108

RMG 87320 117

RMG 832

12 86

RMG 670 RMG 670 10 84

190

❑ in combination with actuators K 1a, K 2a,K 4, K 5, K 6, K 10a, K 11a, K 12, K 13;for closing the safety shut-off device whenthe SAV measuring diaphragm isdamaged

❑ suitable for gas and all non-corrosivegaseous media

❑ for set-up in vent line of the actuator

RMG 919-1normal versionmax. operating pressure pmax 100 barshut-off pressure approx. 20 mbar

RMG 919-2version with integrated overpressure valvemax. service pressure pmax 100 barshut-off pressure approx. 20 mbarrelease valve action for shut-off pressure:approx.12 bar

connectionsinlet: external thread M 16 x 1.5 or G 1/2- outlet: screw connection without brazing DIN 2353 for external pipe diameter 12 mm


Pressure Regulation Switching Valve RMG 919


switching valve

191

❑ to be installed downstream of gaspressure regulators which were originallymanufactured without incorporated noise-attenuating elements(e.g. RMG 320, RMG 322, RMG 332 etc.)


❑ short face-to-face dimensions

❑ low pressure drop

❑ with incorporated noise-attenuatingelements consisting of:

- perforated rectifying cone

- filling material

- perforated expansion pieces

- high wall thickness

❑ noise reduction up to 15 dB (A)

max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar (40 bar)

connectionsinlet/outlet:see table of face-to-face dimensionsflanged to DIN PN 16 (PN 40)


noise-reducing outlet expansion

Pressure Regulation Noise-Reducing Outlet Expansion RMG 920


192

Pressure Regulation Noise-Reducing Outlet Expansion RMG 920



inlet outlet face-to-face dimensions in mm

DN 25DN 50 140

DN 80 140

DN 100 160

DN 50 DN 150 200

DN 200 260

DN 80DN 150 200

DN 200 240

DN 150 200

DN 200 240DN 100

DN 250 300

DN 300 400

DN 250 300

DN 150 DN 300 450

DN 400 500

DN 200DN 300 450

DN 400 500

further DNE / DNA - combinations on request

193

❑ valve complies to demands stated in thenew G491, point 5.6.2, securing the outletpressure gauge against inadmissiblepressure peaks


❑ compact design

❑ different response pressures

❑ DVGW mark of conformity

tested by DVGW

max. operating pressure pmax 100 barresponse pressures:

0.6 bar

1.0 bar

1.6 bar

2.5 bar

4.0 bar

6.0 bar

10.0 bar

16.0 bar

25.0 bar

connections:- inlet screw connections without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe diameter 10 mm, 12 mmoutlet gauge connection to DIN ISO 228 G 1/4 or as inlet connection


overpressure shut-off valve

Pressure Regulation Overpressure Shut-off Valve RMG 925


194

Pressure Regulation Control Unit RMG 951


❑ operation with electronic three-stagesample data system

❑ to automize the gas flow optimization


❑ compact design

❑ no control gas consumption duringconstant operating conditions

❑ main valve closes by current failure(automatic discharge of loading pres-sure), alternatively the last position of themain valve is maintained

❑ the adjustment of the control speed iseasily checked through a bleed valve withmicrometer scale

❑ explosion-proof magnetic valves

max. operating pressure pmax 100 barmax. switching difference 10 bar

gas connections:- screw connection without brazing acc. to DIN 2353 for pipe external dia.12 mm

electric connections:- screw connection Pg 13.5, voltage 24VDC, power consumption 9 W


control unit for pneumatically operated main valves

195

Pressure Regulation Special and Additional Devices

❑ special device for pneumatic setpoint stages in 2 or 3 pressure levels for pilot

RS 10 d (RMG 610)

❑ regulating stage for intermittent serviceregulation in intermittent service to prevent flowrates under the meter measuring limits

❑ stage for regulating the service or standard flowrate

❑ electric setpoint remote control for a one-week programme

❑ special versions of actuators series RMG 670

❑ travel indication for main valves of gas regulating devices without or with electric signaling

❑ outlet pressure control with wobbe-index correction control of constant thermal load

❑ electric and pneumatic setpoint remote control of direct-acting and pilot-operated RMGgas pressure regulators

❑ pressure control for oxygen service

❑ modules for gas pressure regulation on gas motors

❑ pneumatic pressure transmitter

❑ pilot modules for tandem connection (combined regulating circuit)

❑ relay connection for electric actuator

❑ gas pressure regulating devices for vehicles driven by natural gas or methanol

❑ temperature release for safety shut-off valves

❑ pressure-chamber safety shut-off valve RMG 795 (Flow Fuse) for deep diving

❑ Z-reduction (PN 16)

We supply special set-ups and control combinations of our gas pressure regulators andsafety shut-off devices. Please refer to our leaflet ”Bausteine zur Automation in der Gas-Druckregeltechnik“ (automation modules for gas pressure regulation).

special and additional devices

196

regulating units for gas-driven combustible engines

Pressure Regulation overview

regulating units

For several decades RMG has been buildinggas regulating units for engines driven bynatural gas or other combustible gases.

RMG´s regulating units are planned andcompleted acc. to the customer´s require-ments. Optionally, RMG can supervise theinstallation on site and also train your servicepersonell.

We offer a vast range of single productssuch as

❑ filters

❑ gas pressure regulators

❑ gas mixers

❑ flowrate valves

❑ throttle valvesn

❑ electro-magnetic valves

RMG REGEL + MESSTECHNIK GMBHRMG Information auf Anfrage

197

gas mixer for gas motors with fixed mixing gap

❑ for mixing combustible gas with sucked-inair

❑ for natural gas and other combustiblegases (sewerage gas etc.)

❑ optimal mixing relation over the wholerange

❑ versions as gas mixer or two-gas mixer incombination with a RMG 992 flow valve

RMG 980 - gas mixerdimensions:70/35, 100/50, 140/65, 200/100, 300/150,400/200

RMG 980 - two-gas mixerdimensions:100/50, 140/65, 200/100


Pressure Regulation Gas Mixer RMG 980

regulating units

198

throttle valve

❑ for the regulation of combustible gas /airmixtures corresponding to the motorcapacity required

❑ alternatively in round or oval version

RMG 981 - round valvedimensions:70/45, 100/68, 140/85, 140/96, 200/135

RMG 981 - oval valvedimensions:200-180/88, 250-200/108


Pressure Regulation Throttle Valve RMG 981

regulating units

199

❑ for mixing combustible gas with sucked-inair

❑ for natural gas and other combustiblegases (sewerage gas etc.)

❑ optimal mixing relation over the wholerange

dimensions:100/80, 140/65, 200/100, 250/125, 300/150,350/200


Pressure Regulation Gas Mixer RMG 985

regulating units

gas mixer for gas motors with variable mixing gap

200

❑ for regulating of incoming combustiblegas in corellation to the quality of theexhaust gas (λ-operation)

❑ can be combined with gas mixers

RMG 980 and RMG 985

❑ suitable for all gases acc. to G 260

❑ high accuracy with mixing tolerancesunder 1%

❑ with limit switches for min. and max.

❑ alternatively with pulse motor, directcurrent motor or manual adjustment

❑ 4 sizes alternatively


Pressure Regulation Flowrate Valve RMG 992

regulating units

gas mixer for gas motors

201


regulating units

202

❑ for domestic applications


❑ single-balanced valve construction whichensures outlet pressure is not significantlyaffected by changes in inlet pressure

❑ internally impulsed

❑ underpressure cut-off version available

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 0.2 baroutlet pressure set range Wh 0.005 to 0.031 bar

sizes:R 3/4", 1"

temperature range: -10°C to +60°C

weight:R 3/4" - 0.410 kgR 1" - 0.375 kg

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 225

domestic service regulators - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

direct-acting, spring-loaded gas pressure regulator

203

❑ for domestic, industrial and commercialapplications


❑ complies with BS.3554: Part 2: Class B.

❑ light weight body

❑ high capacity compact body

❑ pressure sensing via internal impulsetube: (External impulse sensing availablefor all sizes except R 3/4" and 1"

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 0.350 bar (dependent upon model/size)outlet pressure set range Wh 0.0037 to 0.15 bar (dependent upon model/sizes)sizes: R 3/4", 1", 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2", 3" DN 50, 65, 80, 100 and 150temperature range: -20°C to +60°Capprovals to DVGW & GIVEGoptions: zero governor and vacuum control




operating pressures (in bar)

3/4" 1.1/4", 3" DN 100 DN 150

& 1" 1.1/2" & 2" DN 65 & 80

max. inlet pressure 0.20 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35

outlet pressure set range 0.0037 0.0037 0.0037 0.0075 0.0125

to 0.075 to 0.080 to 0.080 to 0.150 to 0.150

dimensions and weights

screwed flanged

regulator size 3/4" 1.1/4" & 2" 3" DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN150

& 1" 1.1/2"

face-to-face mm 103 163.5 210 318 210 318 318 369 473

weight in kg 0.7 1.6 14 16.4 5 16 16.4 63.5 115

204

Domestic Service Regulators BD-RMG 226 H




❑ complies with BS.3554: Part 2: Class B



❑ pressure sensing via internal impulsetube (external impulse sensing availableon request)


sizes:- screwed: 80 mm- flanged: 65 and 80 mm




screwed flanged

regulator size 3" DN 65 DN 80

face-to-face mm 318 318 318

weight in kg 19 19 19

service conditions

outlet pressure range setpoint spring colour setpoint spring number

in bar DN 50 3", DN 65 & DN 80

0.070 to 0.112 brown 772 774

0.100 to 0.150 orange 773 775

205



in bar 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2“

0.0037 to 0.010 white 1153 1154

0.008 to 0.014 red 1067 1072

0.012 to 0.025 green 1068 1073

0.021 to 0.035 blue 1069 1074

0.033 to 0.055 yellow 1070 1075

0.050 to 0.080 black 1071 1076

Domestic Service Regulators BD-RMG 226 A


direct-acting, spring-loaded, angle-type gas pressure regulator



❑ for 90° angled connection to gas metervia meter fitting



❑ high-capacity compact body


sizes: R 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"



regulator size 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2"

face-to-face mm 170 230

weight in kg 2 4

206

Domestic Service Regulators BD-RMG 226 SD








❑ pressure sensing via internal impulsetube (External impulse sensing available)


sizes:R 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"

temperature range: -20°C to +60°Capprovals: DIN 3380, DVGW


regulator size 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2"

face-to-face in mm 170 230

weight in kg 2 4



in bar 1.1/4" and 1.1/2" 2"

0.011 to 0.016 red 1067 1072

0.015 to 0.028 green 1068 1073

0.026 to 0.038 blue 1069 1074

0.036 to 0.060 yellow 1070 1075

0.056 to 0.080 black 1071 1076

207

Domestic Service Regulators Regulator Series BD-RMG 226


outlet pressure ranges part 1

outlet pressure spring setpoint spring number

range colour screwed flanged

Wh in bar code R 3/4" R 1 1/4" 2" 3" DN 50 DN 65 DN80 DN 100 DN 150

& R 1" R 1 1/2"

0.0037 to 0.0075 red 397 292 545

0.0037 to 0.010 white 1153 1154

0.0075 to 0.015 blue 398 293 547 547

white/ 409

gold

0.008 to 0.014 red 1067 1072

0.012 to 0.025 green 1068 1073

metal 399 283 548 548

black/ 410

gold

dark

green/ 419

lt.blue

0.021 to 0.035 blue 1069 1074

0.023 to 0.037 green 284 549 549

yellow/ 412

gold

red/ 429

lt.green

208

Domestic Service Regulators Regulator Series BD-RMG 226


outlet pressure ranges part 2

outlet pressure spring setpoint spring number

range colour screwed flanged

Wh in bar code R 3/4" R 1 1/4" 2" 3" DN 50 DN 65 DN80 DN 100 DN 150

& R 1" R 1 1/2"

0.033 to 0.055 yellow 1070 1075

0.035 to 0.060 black 550 550

brown/ 430

lt.green

0.035 to 0.075 yellow 805

0.035 to 0.080 yellow 285

brown/ 414

gold

0.050 to 0.080 black 1071 1076

0.055 to 0.080 grey 598 598

0.055 to 0.112 grey/ 431

lt.green

0.070 to 0.112 brown 774* 774*

0.070 to 0.150 grey/ 407

lt.green

0.100 to 0.150 orange 775* 775*

metal 617

*) applicable to DN 65 and DN 80 BD-RMG 226 H only. Spring data based on spring housing

vertically upwards.

209

High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 240

high pressure service regulators - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

direct-acting, lever-operated gas pressure regulator



❑ cartridge type diaphragm and valveassembly for ease of maintenance

❑ rapid response to load changes

❑ wide range of interchangeable orifices

❑ regulator can be installed in any position

❑ can be fitted with an overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO), or under/overpressure cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)

❑ cartridge type diaphragm and valveassembly for easy maintenance

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 10.3 bar (dependent upon orifice fitted)outlet pressure set range Wh 0.01 to 0.21bar

sizes:R 3/4", 1", 1.1/4", 1.1/2"temperature range:-20°C to +60°C

options:P - no internal reliefR - internal reliefLR - limited internal relief

210


3/4" 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2"

face-to-face mm 102 102 127 127

weight without 3 3 3 3

OPCO in kg

weight with 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

OPCO in kg




regulator safety cut-off valve MK2 (OPCO only)

spring spring outlet pressure spring spring cut-off pressure

number colour range in bar number colour range in bar

126 red 0.01 (0.017) to 0.02 (0.032) 861 brown 0.035 (0.05) to 0.07 (0.1)

131 self 0.015 to 0.035 868 green 0.06 (0.09) to 0.175 (0.175)

127 green 0.025 (0.03) to 0.043 (0.058) 869 silver 0.16 to 0.26

392 white 0.040 to 0.075 - - -

393 blue 0.070 to 0.14 - - -

394 grey 0.14 to 0.21 - - -

safety cut-off valve series 309 (UPCO/OPCO)OPCO

1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055

1110 green 0.050 to 0.110

1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200

1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250

UPCO

1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030

( ) in brackets SD-type only

211





❑ diaphragm casing can be rotated through180° relative to regulator body




❑ can be fitted with an overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO), or under/overpressure cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 10.3 bar (dependent upon orifice fitted)

outlet pressure set range Wh 0.01 to 0.082 bar

sizes:R 1/2", 3/4", 1"

temperature range:-20°C to +60°C

options:

P - no internal reliefR - internal reliefLR - limited internal relief

approval: DVGW - (SD type)


212

( ) 241P-SD-OPCO for DVGW


1/2" 3/4" 1"

face-to-face in mm 102 102 102

weight without OPCO in kg 1.9 1.9 1.9

weight with OPCO in kg 2.2 2.2 2.2




regulator safety cut-off valve

spring spring outlet pressure spring spring OPCO cut-off pressure


121 (1008) red 0.01 (0.017) to 0.032 (0.014) 861 brown 0.035 (0.05) to 0.07 (0.1)

491 metal 0.013 to 0.025 868 green 0.06 (0.09) to 0.175 (0.175)

307 green 0.023(0.032) to 0.045(0.052) - - -

380 orange 0.043 to 0.067 - - -

768 blue 0.055 to 0.082 - - -

safety cut-off valve series 309 (UPCO/OPCO)

OPCO

1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055

1110 green 0.050 to 0.110

1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200*

*) max. setpoint = 0.175 bar

UPCO

1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030

213





❑ suitable for natural gas and all noncorrosive gaseous media





❑ can be fitted with a overpressure orcombined under- and overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO and UPCO/OPCO)

❑ certified to the canadian standard: CAN/CGA 6.18

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 8.6 bar (dependent upon orifice fitted)outlet pressure set range Wh 0.0125 to 0.138 bar

sizes: (screwed) angle type:

inlet: 1/2", 3/4", 1"outlet: 1"

inline type:inlet: 1/2", 3/4", 1"outlet: 1/2", 3/4" 1"


options:P - no internal reliefR - internal reliefLR - limited internal reliefOPCOUPCO/OPCO

214



pressure ranges

regulator safety cut-off valve (OPCO only)

spring spring outlet pressure spring spring outlet pressure


1235 0.0125 to 0.0225 861 brown 0.035 to 0.069

1236 0.015 to 0.035 868 dk. green 0.0675 to 0.1675

1237 0.300 to 0.070

1262 0.069 to 0.138

UPCO /OPCO cut-off valve

OPCO

1175 0.050 to 0.1125

1174 0.1125 to 0.225

UPCO

1138 0.010 to 0.025

215

2-stage, direct-acting, lever-operated gas pressure regulator



❑ for domestic and commercial gas supply




❑ can be fitted with an overpressure orcombined under- and overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO and UPCO/OPCO)

❑ inter-stage and 2nd stage limited-capacityrelief valves as optional extras

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 5 baroutlet pressure set range Wh 0.0037 to 0.050 bar inter-stage pressure 0.070 bar (pre-set at the factory, do not adjust)

size:R 1"

pressure rating:PN 6



216

High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 270 MK2








❑ can be fitted with a overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO), or under/overpressure cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 10.3 bar(dependent upon orifice fitted)


sizes: screwed: 40 mm and 50 mm flanged: 50 mm


options:P - no internal reliefR - internal relief


217

High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 270 MK2



1.1/2" 2" DN 50


weight without OPCO in kg 12 12 16

weight with OPCO in kg 12.5 12.5 16.5





1244 red 0.010 to 0.015 861 brown 0.035 to 0.090

1245 grey 0.015 to 0.020 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130

1246 green 0.020 to 0.028 1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250

1247 yellow 0.028 to 0.045 1105 black 0.200 to 0.350

1248 black 0.045 to 0.075 1254 red 0.340 to 0.500

1249 white 0.075 to 0.110 1255 green 0.450 to 0.600

1250 orange 0.095 to 0.150 safety cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)

1251 blue 0.140 to 0.225 OPCO

1252 silver 0.200 to 0.350 1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055

1263* brown 0.320 to 0.500 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110

* Series 270H only 1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200

1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250

UPCO

1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030

218


face-to-face im mm 190

weight in kg 32

❑ for industrial and commercial applications

❑ suitable for natural gas and all noncorrosive gaseous media




❑ can be fitted with a overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO) or combined under-/over-pressure cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO) *)

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 11 baroutlet pressure set range Wh 0.050 to 2.4 bar

sizes:flanged to DN 50


*) see series 309 safety cut-off valve fordetails

High Pressure Service Regulators BD-RMG 270-3


pilot-operated, fail-closed high pressure regulator

219






❑ can be fitted with a overpressure cut-offvalve or thermal cut-off valve


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 8.6 bar (dependent upon orifice fitted)outlet pressure set range Wh 0.015 to 0.410 bar

sizes: screwed: 40 & 50mm flanged 40 & 50mm



safety diaphragm (SD) version availableBiasClosed for pilot loadingECL - external control line




220



pressure ranges




960 grey 0.015 to 0.035 861 brown 0.035 to 0.069

961 yellow 0.030 to 0.055 868 dk. green 0.099 to 0.173

962 brown 0.050 to 0.100 868H dk. green 0.1725 to 0.550

963 orange 0.069 to 0.209

964 blue 0.138 to 0.414

221

❑ for industrial and commercial applicationsdiaphragm casing can be rotated through360° relative to regulator body




❑ can be fitted with an overpressure andunderpressure cut-off valve


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 40 baroutlet pressure set range Wh 0.015 to 4.140 bar (dependent upon pilot fitted)

sizes:flanged: DN50


pilot options:RMG 610 (RS 10 d MN) - 0.010 to 0.500 barRMG 610 (RS 10 d MM) - 0.010 to 3.500 barRMG 650 - 0.5 to 40.0 bar

dimensions and weights: face-to-face 200mm weight 41.5 kg




222



outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring colour outlet pressure wire dia.

range Wh in bar in mm

control stage with 1 grey 0.5 to 2 5.0

diaphragm type

measuring unit 2 yellow 1 to 5 5.6

For safety cut-off pressure ranges see series 315 on pages XXX to XXX.

outlet pressure range with pilot RS10d (RMG 610)

load limiting unit final control unit

outlet pressure wire dia. unit outlet pressure wire dia. pemax

range Wh in bar in mm type range Wh in bar in mm in bar

0.006 to 0.040 2.5

0.006 to 0.060 3.0

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 0.022 to 0.120 3.5 100

M 0.080 to 0.200 4.0

0.100 to 0.500 5.0

0.1 to 1.5 3.3

0.5 to 5 4.7 M 0.2 to 2.5 4.0 100

0.3 to 3.5 4.5

223







❑ single orifice design


❑ can be fitted with a overpressure cut-offvalve (OPCO), or under/overpressure cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)


max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 10.0 bar


sizes: screwed: 40 mm and 50 mm flanged: 50 mm


options:P - no internal reliefR - internal relief

direct-acting, balanced lever-operated gas pressure regulator

224




1.1/2" 2" DN 50


weight without OPCO in kg 13.5 13.5 17.5

weight with OPCO in kg 14 14 18





1244 red 0.010 to 0.015 861 brown 0.035 to 0.090

1245 grey 0.015 to 0.020 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130

1246 green 0.020 to 0.028 1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250

1247 yellow 0.028 to 0.045 1105 black 0.200 to 0.350

1248 black 0.045 to 0.075 1254 red 0.340 to 0.500

1249 white 0.075 to 0.110 1255 green 0.450 to 0.600

1250 orange 0.095 to 0.150 safety cut-off valve (UPCO/OPCO)

1251 blue 0.140 to 0.225 OPCO

1252 silver 0.200 to 0.350 1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055

1263* brown 0.320 to 0.500 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110

* Series 277H only 1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200

1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250

UPCO

1138 blue/green 0.010 to 0.030

225




❑ for gas services to domestic, industrialand farm taps

❑ specially designed for safe accurate firststage reduction on high pressure gassystems


❑ wide operational outlet pressure range

❑ diaphragm casing can be rotated through180° relative to body and can bepositioned in any angle

❑ precise and positive operation

❑ wide range of interchangeable orifices,without removing the body from thepipeline

❑ can be fitted with integral overpressure(OPCO) or under-/overpressure cut-offvalve (UPCO/OPCO)

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 69 bar(dependant upon orifice size)


sizes: R 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1.1/4”


for safety cut-off pressure ranges refer to theseries 309 and 315 on pages XXX and YYY

226


outlet pressure range spring number colour

0.200 to 0.820 261 yellow

0.690 to 1.720 262 aluminium

1.380 to 4.130 263 white

3.450 to 8.600 264 tan

6.900 to 13.800 265 grey

0.690 to 6.900 266 dark green

dimensions and weights (all sizes)

face-to-face 102 mm

weight 7 kg



227

Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280/280H

gas pressure regulators - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.


❑ suitable for use on industrial feeds toburners, heater units, boilers etc.


❑ cartridge-type construction allows easyunit withdrawal without removing bodyfrom pipeline

❑ balanced valve gives excellent controlover full inlet pressure and workingpressure range

❑ valve travel indicator

❑ positive lock-up under no flow conditions


outlet pressure set range Wh 0.010 to 0.225 bar (dependant upon model)

sizes: R 1.1/2", 2", and DN 50, DN 80 & DN 100 (dependant upon model)


spring-loaded gas pressure regulator with single balanced valve

228

operating pressure range

size/ max. inlet outlet pressure spring no. colour

connection pressure (bar) range in bar

280 280H

0.010 to 0.020 - 548 metal

0.018 to 0.035 - 824 light green

1.1/2" & 2" 0.025 to 0.050 - 938 light blue

DN 50 4.5 0.030 to 0.070 - 546 grey

and DN 80 - 0.066 to 0.104 774 brown

- 0.096 to 0.138 775 orange

- 0.112 to 0.225 778 dark blue

0.010 to 0.020 - 378 white/maroon

0.018 to 0.030 - 402 black/maroon

0.018 to 0.037 - 1007 blue/maroon

DN 100 4.5 0.028 to 0.040 - 403 green/maroon

0.038 to 0.060 - 405 red/maroon

0.055 to 0.080 - 406 brown/maroon

0.075 to 0.140 - 407 grey/maroon

0.112 to 0.200 - 857 stone/maroon

Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280/280H



series 280 face-to-face in mm weight in kg

1.1/2" 254 18.9

2" 254 19.0

DN 50 254 23.0

DN 80 298 32.2

DN 100 352 68.4

series 280H face-to-face in mm weight in kg

1.1/2" 254 20.9

2" 254 21.0

DN 50 254 25.0

DN 80 298 35.3

229

Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280-309




❑ for natural gas and all non-aggressivegaseous media

❑ integral safety cut-off valve, overpressureand under-/overpressure operated

❑ cartridge-type construction for ease ofmaintenance

❑ balanced valve gives excellent controlover full inlet pressure and workingpressure




outlet pressure set range Wh 0.010 to 0.225 bar (dependent upon cartridge) 1.0 bar outlet pressure version on request

sizes: DN 50



230

Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 280-309


dimensions and weights:

face-to-face: 405 mm

weight: 33 kg


outlet pressure range outlet pressure range setpoint spring

280-309 in bar 280H-309 in bar spring no. colour

0.010 to 0.020 - 548 self

0.018 to 0.035 - 824 light green

0.025 to 0.050 - 938 light blue

0.030 to 0.070 - 546 grey

- 0.066 to 0.104 774 brown

- 0.096 to 0.138 775 orange

- 0.112 to 0.225 778 dark blue

309 LP - adjustable pressure ranges for safety cut-off valve

model spring number colour overpressure underpressure

range in bar range in bar

861 brown 0.035 to 0.090 -

309 LP 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130 -

OPCO 1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250 -

(only) 1254 red 0.340 to 0.500 -

1255 green 0.450 to 0.600 -

1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055 -

309 LP 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110 -

UPCO/OPCO 1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200 -

1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250 -

1138 blue/green - 0.010 to 0.030

231

Gas Pressure Regulators BD-RMG 281








❑ spring biased closed



sizes: R 1.1/2", 2" and DN 50




series 281 face-to-face in mm weight in kg

1.1/2" 254 20.9

2" 254 21.0

DN 50 254 25.0

232

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 282/282H









max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 8 bar (10 bar when fitted with auxiliary system)

outlet pressure set range Wh 0.010 to 0.225 bar (depending upon model)

sizes: R 1.1/2", 2" and DN 50



233


Series 282 face-to-face in mm weight in kg

1.1/2" 254 18.9

2" 254 19.0

DN 50 254 23.0

Series 282H

1.1/2" 254 20.9

2" 254 21.0

DN 50 254 25.0




282 282H

0.010 to 0.020 - 548 self

0.018 to 0.035 - 824 light green

1.1/2" and 2" 0.025 to 0.050 - 938 light blue

DN 50 10.0* 0.030 to 0.070 - 546 grey

- 0.066 to 0.104 774 brown

- 0.096 to 0.138 775 orange

- 0.112 to 0.225 778 dark blue

* 10 bar when fitted with an auxiliary control system.

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 282/282H


234

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 284/285





❑ cartridge-type construction allows easyunit withdrawal without removing bodyfrom the pipeline



❑ positive lock-up under no-flow conditions


outlet pressure set range Wh 0.140 to 1 bar (dependant on size of unit)

sizes: R 1.1/2", 2" and DN 50, DN 80



235


Series 284 face-to-face in mm weight in kg

1.1/2" 254 19.6

2" 254 19.7

DN 50 254 23.7

DN 80 298 44.0

Series 285

1.1/2" 254 19.6

2" 254 19.7

DN 50 254 23.7

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 284/285





284 285

0.140 to 0.260 - 849/848 red & black

1.1/2" DN 50 4.5 0.230 to 0.500 - 851/850 green & white

0.460 to 1.000 - 853/852 yellow & blue

- 0.140 to 0.260 849/848 red & black

10 - 0.230 to 0.500 851/850 green & white

- 0.460 to 1.000 853/852 yellow & blue

0.200 to 0.400 - 1167 grey

DN 80 4.5 0.400 to 0.725 - 1168 brown

0.675 to 1.000 - 1169 & orange &

1168 brown

236

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680 MK1 & 680 MK2-EVA





❑ fully balanced internal double valvesassembly

❑ extremely high flow capacities

❑ positive, accurate and sensitive control

❑ external valve adjustment - (MK2-EVAmodel only)

❑ can be fitted with full or reduced sizedvalves

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 2 bar (direct acting)

with an auxiliary control system applied,inlet pressure can be increased as follows:- Series 680 MK1: all sizes (full or reduced bore valves) up to 7 bar- Series 680 MK2 - EVA: DN 50, DN 80 full bore, DN 80 reduced bore up to 4.5 bar


sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150 & DN 200


spring-loaded gas pressure regulator with balanced double beat valve

237


Series 680 MK1 & 680 MK2-EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 50 267 80

DN 80 318 98

DN 100 369 133

DN 150 473 268

DN 200 569 350

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680 MK1 & 680 MK2-EVA



outlet pressure regulator size

range in bar DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 & DN 200

spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour

0.015 to 0.020 368 378 409 417

white/orange white/maroon white/gold white/light.blue

0.020 to 0.030 369 402 410 418

black/orange black/maroon black/gold black/light blue

0.030 to 0.040 370 403 411 419

dark green/orange dark green/maroon dark green/gold dark green/lt. blue

0.040 to 0.050 371 404 412 420

yellow/orange yellow/maroon yellow/gold yellow/light blue

0.050 to 0.060 374 405 413 421

red/orange red/maroon red/gold red/light blue

0.060 to 0.900 375 406 414 422

brown/orange brown/maroon brown/gold brown/light blue

0.900 to 1.400 376 407 415 423

grey/orange grey/maroon grey/gold grey/light blue

1.000 to 2.100 857 857 857 856

stone/maroon stone/maroon stone/maroon purple/light blue

238

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680H MK1 & 680H MK2-EVA










max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 2 bar (direct acting)

with an auxiliary control system applied, theinlet pressure can be increased as follows:- series 680H MK1 all sizes full or reduced bore valves 7 bar- series 680H MK2-EVA DN 50 and DN 80 full bore, DN 80 reduced bore 4.5 bar


sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150 & DN 200



239


outlet pressure regulator size

range in bar DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150, DN 200

spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour spring no. & colour

0.125 to 0.205 523 523 523 2 x 520

mauve/orange mauve/orange mauve/orange mauve/light blue

0.185 to 0.275 525 525 525 2 x 521

pink/orange pink/orange pink/orange pink/light blue

0.255 to 0.350 522 522 522 2 x 544

stone/orange stone/orange stone/orange stone/light blue


series 680H MK1 & 680H MK2-EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 50 267 97

DN 80 318 111

DN 100 369 151

DN 150 473 305

DN 200 569 388

* outlet pressure ranges based on regulator in the vertical position



240












max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max- MK1 - 7 bar- MK2 - 4.5 bar(an auxiliary control system is requiredon these regulators)


sizes: 682 MK1 DN 50 - DN 200 682 MK1 DN 50, DN80, DN 100



series 682 MK1 & 682 MK2-EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 50 267 80

DN 80 318 98

DN 100 369 133

DN 150 473 268

DN 200 569 350

241

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 684 & 684 SB









max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max- BD-RMG 684 - 12 bar- BD-RMG 684S - 19 bar

outlet pressure range: 0.207 to 6.896 bar

sizes: flanged DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150




series 684 & 684 SB face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 50 267 49

DN 80 318 68

DN 100 369 102

DN 150 473 193

242

outlet pressure ranges

outlet pressure range regulator size

in bar spring number spring colour

0.207 to 0.414 655 yellow

0.414 to 0.621 656 grey

0.621 to 1.034 657 blue

1.034 to 2.068 658 red

2.068 to 3.793 659 brown

3.793 to 5.172 660 black

4.827 to 6.896 659 & 661 brown/white



243









max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max- BD-RMG 683 - 16 bar- BD-RMG 683S - 19 bar(a power pilot control system is required onthese regulators)

outlet pressure set range Wh BD-RMG 683 - 0.015 to 15.52 bar BD-RMG 683S - 0.015 to 18.25 bar

sizes: flanged DN 150, DN 200


pilot-operated gas pressure regulator with balanced double beat valve

244

outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG RS 10d

load limiting unit final control unit

outlet pressure wire dia. unit outlet pressure wire dia. pemax

range Wh in bar in mm type range Wh in bar in mm in bar

0.1 to 1.5 3.3 N 0.006 to 0.060 3.0

0.022 to 0.120 3.5 100

0.080 to 0.200 4.0

M 0.100 to 0.500 5.0

0.5 to 5 4.7 M 0.1 to 1.5 3.3

0.2 to 2.5 4.0 100

0.3 to 3.5 4.5

outlet pressure ranges with pilot RMG 650

setpoint spring colour outlet pressure wire dia.

range Wh in bar in mm

control stage with 1 grey 0.5 to 2 5.0

diaphragm type 2 yellow 1 to 5 5.6

measuring unit 3 brown 2 to 10 6.3

4 red 5 to 20 7.0




series 683 & 683S face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 150 473 336

DN 200 569 431

245

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 800 ”Maxflo“



❑ pilot RMG 620 integrated in actuator head

❑ with or without incorporated safety cut-offvalve for overpressure cut-off (OPCO) orunder- and overpressure cut-off (UPCO/OPCO)


approved by DIN-DVGW

max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 40 baroutlet pressure set range Wh 0.020 bar to 40 barminimum pressure differential ∆p 0.5 bar

safety shut-off valve response rangesOPCO Who 0.030 bar to 14 bar

UPCO Whu 0.005 bar to 40 bar

connections:- DN outlet = DN inlet

DN 25 to DN 100flanged to DINPN 25 and ANSI 150 RF

- DN outlet = 2 x DN inletDN 50/100, DN 80/150 and DN 100/200flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40,flanged to ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 RF

❑ for gas supply to municipal distributionsystems, industrial and power stations



❑ diaphragm valve as control element

246



operating pressure ranges

pilot setpoint spring outlet pressure rangeno. colour dia. in mm Wh in bar

2 blue 3.6 0.020 to 0.200

RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.100 to 0.500(pe max 25 bar) 4 brown 6.3 0.200 to 1.000

5 red 7.0 0.500 to 2.000

6 green 8.0 1 to 4

1 yellow 5.6 1 to 5

RMG 630 2 brown 6.3 2 to 10(pe max 50 bar) 3 red 7.0 5 to 18

4 green 8.0 10 to 40

load limiting stage green 5.0 3 to 10automatic above pa

RMG 640 one-stage type for inlet pressure changes < 15 bar(pe max 50 bar) data as for RMG 630, but without load limiting stage

valve data

pipe size DN 25 DN 50 DN 50/ DN 80 DN 80/ DN 100 DN 100/DN 100 DN 150 DN 200

KG-value in m3/h *) 350 1300 1500 3500 3800 5200 5500

face-to-face in mm 184 254 310 298 400 352 430


247



safety cut-off pressure ranges

model / type response setpoint spring setpoint spring

pressure in bar no. colour

0.055 to 0.090 1158 white

0.080 to 0.140 1159 gold

MP1 OPCO 0.130 to 0.250 1160 purple

0.250 to 0.400 1130 white/yellow

0.330 to 0.600 1131 white/green

UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 1104 purple

0.500 to 0.880 1132 white/blue

OPCO 0.7 to 1.1 1133 white/red

MP2 1.1 to 1.8 1134 white/grey

1.5 to 2.9 1135 white/brown

UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 1104 purple

MP4 OPCO 2.0 to 4.0 1192 white/purple

UPCO 0.030 to 0.400 1104 purple

OPCO 3.0 to 14.0 1197 blue

0.055 to 0.400 1104 purple

HP UPCO 0.200 to 0.780 1105 black

0.750 to 1.500 1255 green

1.0 to 3.5 1028 black/white

248


safety shut-off devices - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to safeguard gas distributionsystems, normally installed upstream ofthe regulator with the external control linepiped to the downstream of the regulator,closing automatically in the event of anoverpressure condition


❑ fully enclosed colour coded valve positionindicator

❑ integral push-button type pressureequalising valve

❑ manual reset

❑ low pressure loss

max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar (dependant upon body material)

response pressure set ranges: series 305 LP: 0.025 to 0.750 bar series 305 MP: 0.300 to 2.750 bar series 305 IP: 2.5 to 6 bar

sizes: R 2” and DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200


options:combined over- and underpressure cut-off

249



shut-off response pressure set ranges

model spring number colour shut-off response

range in bar

series 305 LP 1200 silver 0.025 to 0.050

495 orange 0.045 to 0.125

835 blue 0.112 to 0.250

839 grey 0.235 to 0.350

1054 red/white 0.280 to 0.550

1059 red/yellow 0.500 to 0.750

series 305 MP 495 orange 0.300 to 0.400

835 blue 0.360 to 0.900

839 grey 0.800 to 1.350

1054 red/white 1.120 to 2.250

1059 red/yellow 1.950 to 2.750

series 305 IP 1077 yellow 2.5 to 3.3

1078 green 3.1 to 4.0

1079 white 3.8 to 5.0

1080 red 4.8 to 6.0


size 2” DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200

face-to-face in mm 225 230 276 292 381 457

weight in kg 16 21 29 33 75 108

250

safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to safeguard gas distributionsystems, normally installed upstream ofthe regulator with the externalcontrol linepiped to the downstream of the regulator,closing automatically in the event of anoverpressure condition


❑ accurate and dependable action


❑ manual reset

❑ low pressure loss, completely self-acting,no external power supply required


series 303: sizes DN 250 & DN 300 - 7 bar

response pressure set ranges: series 303LP - 0.037 to 0.480 bar series 303MP - 0.420 to 4.5 bar

sizes: DN 250, DN 300


options:combined over- and underpressure cut-off

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 303 MK5


251

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 303 MK5


shut-off response pressure ranges

model spring number colour shut-off response

range in bar

series 305 LP 879 grey 0.037 to 0.170

880 brown 0.160 to 0.480

series 305 MP 756 silver 0.420 to 0.550

757 orange 0.540 to 0.760

758 yellow 0.750 to 0.970

759 black 0.950 to 1.250

760 white 1.230 to 1.600

761 light green 1.580 to 2.000

762 pink 1.970 to 2.630

763 light blue 2.600 to 3.460

764 gold 3.430 to 4.500


size DN 250 DN 300

face-to-face (mm) 533 610

weight in kg

LP (SB LP) 158 214

MP (SB MP) 167 228

252



solenoid-operated safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to safeguard gas distributionsystems, normally installed upstream ofthe regulator closing automatically in theevent of temporary interruption of thepower supply to the solenoid


❑ accurate and dependable action


❑ manual reset


❑ flameproof

Series 304, sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200max. operating pressure pmax 16 bar (depending on body material and size)

Series 304, sizes: DN 250, DN 300max. operating pressure (upstream) pe max 7 bar

solenoid: 24 V DCclosing time: 0.5 secs


253




size 2” DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300

face-to-face (mm) 225 230 276 292 381 457 533 609

weight in kg 23 28 36 40 82 115 185 250

254



integral safety shut-off valve

❑ designed to be incorporated as an inte-gral safety cut-off valve on all body sizesof the following regulators:series 240/241series 270, 270-3, 277series 204


❑ automatic operation by an overpressure-(OPCO) or over- and underpressurecondition (UPCO/OPCO)

❑ positive shut-off without an external powersupply

❑ manual reset


❑ rapid response to pressure load changes



available in 4 models:- series 309 LP OPCO 0.035 to 0.600 bar UPCO/OPCO: UPCO 0.010 to 0.030 bar

OPCO 0.040 to 0.250 bar

- series 309 MP1 OPCO 0.055 to 0.600 bar UPCO/OPCO: UPCO 0.050 to 0.150 bar

OPCO 0.055 to 0.600 bar


OPCO 0.500 to 2.900 bar


OPCO 2.000 to 4.000 bar

255




model 309 LP 309 MP1 309 MP2 309 MP4

face-to-face (mm) 110 110 110 110

weight in kg 0.60 1.9 2.0 2.2

NOTE:

• The minimum overpressure cut-off setting (OPCO) should be 0.035 bar or 10% above the regulator setting, whichever is the higher. If an internal relief valve is fitted to the regulator, the minimum overpressure setting should be increased to 0.055 bar above regulator outlet pressure setting.

• The minimum differential pressure between overpressure (OPCO) and underpressure (UPCO) setting is 0.045 bar, and 0.065 bar if an internal relief valve is fitted.

256



adjustable pressure ranges



309 LP 861 brown 0.035 to 0.090 -

OPCO 1103 gold 0.080 to 0.130 -

1104 purple 0.120 to 0.250 -

1254 red 0.340 to 0.500 -

1255 green 0.450 to 0.600 -

309 LP 1109 grey 0.040 to 0.055 -

OPCO 1110 green 0.050 to 0.110 -

1111 silver 0.110 to 0.200 -

1140 silver/red 0.150 to 0.250 -

309 LP UPCO 1138 blue/green - 0.010 to 0.030

309 MP1 OPCO 1158 white 0.055 to 0.100 -

1159 gold 0.100 to 0.140 -

1160 purple 0.130 to 0.250 -

1130 white/yellow 0.250 to 0.400 -

1131 white/green 0.330 to 0.600 -

309 MP1 1158 white 0.055 to 0.100 -

OPCO 1159 gold 0.100 to 0.140 -

1160 purple 0.130 to 0.250 -

1130 white/yellow 0.250 to 0.400 -

1131 white/green 0.330 to 0.600 -

309 MP1 UPCO 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150

309 MP2 OPCO 1132 white/blue 0.5 to 0.8 -

1133 white/red 0.7 to 1.1 -

1134 white/grey 1.0 to 1.8 -

1135 white/brown 1.5 to 2.9 -

309 MP2 1132 white/blue 0.5 to 0.8 -

OPCO 1133 white/red 0.7 to 1.1 -

1134 white/grey 1.0 to 1.8 -


309 MP2 OPCO 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150

309 MP4 OPCO 1192 white/purple 2.0 to 4.0 -

1192 white/purple 2.0 to 4.0 -

309 MP4 UPCO 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150

257

❑ designed to be incorporated as an inte-gral safety cut-off valve on all body sizesof the following regulators:series 204series 276


❑ automatic operation by an overpressurecondition (OPCO), or underpressurecondition (UPCO)

❑ positive shut-off without an externalpower supply

❑ manual reset


❑ rapid response to pressure load changes


available in 5 models: series 315 LL OPCO - 0.030 to 0.2 bar series 315 LP OPCO - 0.050 to 0.6 bar series 315 MP2 OPCO - 0.5 to 2.9 bar series 315 MP4 OPCO - 2.0 to 4 bar series 315 HP OPCO - 3.0 to 14.0 bar




integral safety shut-off valve


model LL LP MP2 MP4 HP

length 290 290 290 310

weight in kg 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

258



adjustable pressure ranges



315 LL 1158 white 0.030 to 0.038 -

OPCO 1159 gold 0.038 to 0.045 -

1160 purple 0.055 to 0.090 -

1130 white/yellow 0.090 to 0.150 -

1131 white/green 0.120 to 0.200 -

315 LL 1267 plated (1.27 dia.) - 0.010 to 0.018

UPCO 1269 plated (1.70 dia.) - 0.016 to 0.050

1270 plated (1.83 dia.) - 0.040 to 0.075

315 LP 1158 white 0.055 to 0.100 -

OPCO 1159 gold 0.100 to 0.140 -

1160 purple 0.130 to 0.250 -

1130 white/yellow 0.250 to 0.400 -

1131 white/green 0.330 to 0.600 -

315 LP 1269 plated (1.27 dia.) - 0.035 to 0.150

UPCO 1270 plated (1.70 dia.) - 0.060 to 0.200

315 MP2 1132 white/blue 0.500 to 0.880 -

OPCO 1133 white/red 0.7 to 1.1 -

1134 white/grey 1.0 to 1.8 -


315 MP4 OPCO 1192 white/purple 2.0 to 4.0 -

315 MP2 & 1104 purple - 0.050 to 0.150

315 MP4 1105 black - 0.100 to 0.300

UPCO 1255 green - 0.250 to 0.700

1028 black/white - 0.640 to 1.600

315 HP OPCO 1197 blue 3.0 to 14.0 -

315 HP 1104 purple - 0.120 to 0.470

UPCO 1105 black - 0.450 to 0.820

1255 green - 0.6 to 1.8

1028 black/white - 2.0 to 3.5

259


❑ a reliable means of protecting piping,vessels and other systems againstexcessive pressure. Also designed fordistrict pressure regulator installationswhere a dependable valve is requireddownstream to deal with regulator creepand to avoid premature release of safetyshut-off valve

❑ for natural gas and all non corrosivegaseous media

❑ wide operational outlet pressure range

❑ diaphragm casing can be rotated through180° relative to body and can bepositioned in any angle


❑ installation in any angle

❑ wide range of interchangeable orifices,without removing the body from thepipeline


relief pressure set ranges: 0.550 to 11.3 bar

sizes: R 1/2”, 3/4” , 1”, 1.1/4”



safety relief valves - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

diaphragm-actuated, lever-operated relief valve

260

dimensions and weights (all sizes)face-to-face 102 mmweight 7 kg



relief pressure range

relief pressure range spring number colour

0.550 to 0.830 261 yellow

0.690 to 1.720 262 aluminium

1.508 to 4.140 263 white

3.780 to 6.900 264 tan

6.200 to 11.370 265 grey

261

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK3





❑ lightweight and dependable


❑ inlet test point


max. operating pressure pmax 0.350 bar


sizes: R 3/4", 1", 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"


spring-loaded, diaphragm-operated relief valve

262

relief pressure ranges

relief pressure range spring spring number

in bar colour 3/4" & 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"

0.010 to 0.030 red 859 - - -

0.025 to 0.065 brown 861 - - -

0.050 to 0.090 blue 1239 - - -

0.085 to 0.120 yellow 1238 - - -

0.010 to 0.028 blue - 1069 1069 1074

0.028 to 0.060 black - 1071 1071 1076

0.040 to 0.080 self - 1156 1156 1157

0.060 to 0.120 orange - 1181 1181 1182


3/4" & 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"

face-to-face mm 103 164 164 210

weight in kg 0.63 1.95 1.87 3.91

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK3


263

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226HR MK3









max. operating pressure pmax 0.5 barrelief pressure set ranges: 0.025 to 0.350 barsizes: R 1.1/4", 1.1/2", 2"temperature range: -20°C to +60°C



1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"


weight in kg 2.38 2.30 4.70


relief pressure spring spring number

range in bar colour 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 2"

0.025 to 0.080 orange 495 495 497

0.070 to 0.170 blue 835 835 1183

0.160 to 0.350 grey 1178 1178 1184

264








max. operating pressure pmax BD-RMG 226R - 0.2 bar BD-RMG 226HR - 0.5 bar

relief pressure set ranges: BD-RMG 226R - 0.010 to 0.070 bar BD-RMG 226HR - 0.010 to 0.215 bar

sizes:R 3" and DN 65, DN 80


Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK2 & 226HR MK2



265


relief pressure range spring colour spring numbers

in bar 226 R 226 HR

0.010 to 0.220 metal 790 790

0.020 to 0.035 green 791 791

0.030 to 0.070 yellow 799 799

0.062 to 0.120 orange - 775

0.115 to 0.215 blue - 778

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226R MK2 & 226HR MK2



226 R 226 HR

3" DN 65 DN 80 3" DN 65 DN 80

face-to-face mm 292 318 318 292 318 318

weight in kg 13.6 16.0 16.4 16.4 18.7 19.1

266








max. operating pressure pmax 7 and 25 bar rated models

relief pressure set ranges: BD-RMG 226 VR - 0.025 to 0.550 bar BD-RMG 226 VHR - 0.5 to 3.5 bar

sizes: R 3/4”, 1”


Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226VR-MK2 & 226HVR-MK2



267

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 226VR-MK2 & 226HVR-MK2



relief pressure spring spring numbers

range in bar colour 226 VR-MK2 226 HVR-MK2

0.025 to 0.042 red 1072 (2.18 dia.) -

0.040 to 0.060 red 1090 (2.64 dia.) -

0.055 to 0.085 yellow 1091 -

0.080 to 0.125 green 1092 -

0.125 to 0.210 brown 1093 -

0.200 to 0.325 blue 1094 -

0.320 to 0.550 black 1095 -

0.500 to 0.650 blue - 1094

0.6 to 1.1 black - 1095

1.0 to 2.0 red/yellow - 1282

2.0 to 3.5 red/white - 1283


226VR-MK2 226HVR-MK2

face-to-face mm 122 mm 122 mm

weight in kg 5.0 5.5

268


❑ a reliable means of protecting piping,vessels and other systems againstexcessive pressure







relief pressure set ranges: 0.015 to 0.350 bar (dependant upon model)

sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200


Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680R MK2-EVA




series 680R MK2 - EVA face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 50 267 80

DN 80 318 98

DN 100 369 133

DN 150 473 268

DN 200 569 350

269

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 680R MK2-EVA



relief pressure regulator size

range in bar DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200

0.015 to 0.020 - - 410 - -

black/gold

0.015 to 0.040 371 404 - - -

yellow/orange yellow/maroon

0.017 to 0.040 - - - 447 -

silver/lt.blue

0.020 to 0.030 - - - - 428

yellow/lt.green

0.020 to 0.040 - - 412 - -

yellow/gold

0.025 to 0.400 - - - - 456

silver/lt.green

0.035 to 0.050 - - - 421 457

red/lt.blue stone/lt.green

0.035 to 0.090 415 415 415 - -

grey/gold grey/gold grey/gold

0.060 to 0.090 - - - - 431

grey/lt.green

0.045 to 0.065 - - - - 430

brown/lt.green

0.045 to 0.090 - - - 423 -

grey/lt.blue

0.085 to 0.210 454 454 454 446 446

mauve/maroon mauve/maroon mauve/maroon mauve/lt.blue mauve/lt.blue

0.190 to 0.350 445 445 445 448 448

stone/orange stone/orange stone/orange stone/lt.blue stone/lt.blue

270


❑ a reliable means of protecting piping,vessels and other systems againstexcessive pressure








sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150



Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 684R


271

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 684R



series 684R face-to-face in mm weight in kg

DN 50 267 49

DN 80 318 68

DN 100 369 102

DN 150 473 193


outlet pressure range regulator size

in bar spring number spring colour

0.207 to 0.414 655 yellow

0.414 to 0.621 656 grey

0.621 to 1.034 657 blue

1.034 to 2.068 658. red

2.068 to 3.793 659 brown

3.793 to 5.172 660 black

4.827 to 6.206 659 & 661 brown/white

272


inlet DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300

outlet DN 50 DN 80 DN 50 DN 100 DN 80 DN 150 DN 100 DN200 DN 250 DN 300

face-to- 392 304 433 356 576. 483 654 559 660 660

face

weight 37 36 41 42 54 56 100 111 172 250

in kg


accessories - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.



❑ interchangeable filter elements


❑ special cover for quick opening

❑ locking facility


standard element: 50 or 200 micron stainless steel elementother types available on request

sizes: DN 80, DN100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, DN 300


inline filter

273





❑ special cover for quick opening

❑ locking facility



sizes: DN 80, DN100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, DN 300




angle-type filter


Inlet DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300

outlet DN 50 DN 80 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 80 DN 150 DN 100 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300

face-to-face 240 152 255 255 159 335 235 390 311 387 463

(angular)

weight in kg 35 34 39 41 40 52 54 98 109 170 248

274

❑ for use with the range of power pilotoperated high pressure regulators

❑ cartridge type replacement mouldedfibreglass element


❑ low pressure loss characteristics

❑ sturdy construction

❑ blow-down drain tap removes unwantedmaterial


element: moulded fibreglass tube, filtration area 150 cm2

sizes: R 1/4” NPT


weight: 2.3 kg



pilot filter

275




❑ low pressure loss quick release plug(cross bore drilled vent)

❑ dust catching facility

max. operating pressure pmax 25 bar (dependant upon size and material)


sizes: R 3/4”, 1”, 1.1/2”, 2” and DN 50




angle-type filter


size 3/4” 1” 1.1/2” 2” DN 50

face-to-face 38 50 78 88 110

(angular) mm

weight in kg 0.6 1.2 78 88 110

276




❑ low pressure loss quick release plug(cross bore drilled vent)



sizes: R 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1.1/4”, 1.1/2”, 2”




‘Y’-type filter


size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1.1/4” 1.1/2” 2” DN 50

face-to-face in mm 79 89 110 152 152 156 230

weight in kg 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 10.5

277

❑ the valve is primarily intended for use inconjunction with a slamshut valve in gaspressure reduction stations feeding acommon district network or industrialpremises

❑ Its purpose is to automatically identify andinitiate the isolation of a faulty regulatorwhilst protecting a healthy regulatoragainst inadvertent shut-off


❑ high capacity at low pressure drop

❑ wafer type assembly for fitting betweenflanges

❑ the valve may also be used as aconventional check valve in applicationsrequiring the prevention of reverse massflow, but where a small amount of reverseleakage can be tolerated


constructional strength: 19 bar

reverse pressure differential: up to 1 bar

sizes: (bore) 50, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 300 mm




self-acting, discriminatory check valve

278



self-acting, discriminatory check valve

❑ the valve is primarily intended for use inconjunction with a slamshut valve in gaspressure reduction stations andtransmission systems

❑ Its purpose is to automatically identify andinitiate the isolation of a faulty regulatorwhilst protecting a healthy regulatoragainst inadvertent shut-off


❑ high capacity at low pressure drop

❑ wafer type assembly for fitting betweenflanges

❑ the valve may also be used as aconventional check valve in applicationsrequiring the prevention of reverse massflow, but where a small amount of reverseleakage can be tolerated


reverse pressure differential: 7 bar

sizes: (bore) 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, and 600 mm


279

❑ non-return valves are a means ofpreventing a reverse flow and must befitted in the pipeline where air at higherpressure is mixed with fuel gas


❑ easy fitting, compact design for fitting intohorizontal pipelines only

❑ easy maintenance, lubricationless designis fully serviceable in situ

❑ top performance, valve has highthroughput capacities and gives positiveseal under all conditions of reversepressure



sizes: R 2”, 3” and DN 80, DN 100, DN 150




non-return valve


size 2” 3” DN 80 DN 100 DN 150

face-to-face 195 200 241 282 356

in mm

weight in kg 8.7 13 16 23 43

280


size 1/2” 1”

face-to-face in mm 110 180

weight in kg 0.50 1.85

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG NRV 50


non-return valve

❑ non-return valves are a means ofpreventing a reverse flow and must befitted in the pipeline where air at higherpressure is mixed with fuel gas


❑ easy fitting, compact design for fitting intohorizontal pipelines only

❑ easy maintenance, lubricationless designis fully serviceable in situ

❑ top performance, valve has highthroughput capacities and gives positiveseal under all conditions of reversepressure



sizes: R 1/2”, 1”


281

❑ for use where it is desirable to reduce theoutlet pressure during periods of lowdemand


❑ the clock follows a 7 day cycle

❑ up to 6 switching times are available eachday

❑ pressure switch indication is by means of2 LED indicators

❑ low battery indicator

❑ the times are programmable through anexternal connector by means of a laptopcomputer

❑ SIRA certified


differential pressure: 0.075 bar


models available: 184 - Electro ‘K’ 185 - Electroclock 2 186 - Electoclock 2 VS* (vent stack version) 187 - K’ Switch (operated by a Logger) 188 - 188 Electroswitch (requires logger) 189 - Electroswitch VS*(vent stack version)

* for fitting into the vent stack for the below ground Gas Control Module.

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 184 - 189


electronic clocking pilots

282

Flow Metering Notes

Volume Meters

283

Flow Metering Overview

Volume Meters

overview

flow capacity max. max.service press. pipe sizetype

(Qmax from...to) measuring range pmax in bar DN

rotary displacement G 40- G 160meter (60-250 m3/h) 1 : 160 25 50, 80, 100

RMG 132-A

rotary displacement G 250 - G 1000meter (400-4000 m3/h) 1 : 100 25 100, 150, 200,

RMG 130 (Z 01-A) 250, 300

turbine G 40 - G 16000 50, 80, 100, 150,

meter (65-25000 m3/h) 1 : 50 100 200, 250, 300,TRZ 03 400, 500, 600

turbine G 40 - G 16000 50, 80, 100, 150,

meter (65-25000 m3/h) 1 : 50 100 200, 250, 300,TRZ 03 L 400, 500, 600

volumeter G 65 - G 16000 50, 80, 100, 150,

TRZ 03 K (100-25000 m3/h) 1 : 16 100 200, 250, 300,

400, 500

electronic G 16 - G 16000 40, 50, 80, 100,

volumeter (25-25000 m3/h) 1 : 16 100 150,200,250,300,TERZ 91 400, 500, 600

flow meter G 16 - G 40000 25,40,50,80,100,

WZ 07 (30-8000 m3/h) 1 : 60 100 (300) 150,200,250,300,

400,500,600,750

vortex meter G 40 - G 25000 80, 100,150, 200,

WBZ 08 (65-50000 m3/h) 1 : 50 100 (300) 250, 300, 400,

500, 600

284


❑ PTB- and EWG-approved for officialcalibrated use


❑ can be installed in either horizontal orvertical position

❑ large measuring range

❑ no flow straightening on upstream ordownstream side needed

❑ in accordance to DVGW VP900

❑ face-to-face dimensions optional:

- 3x DN

- acc. to EN 12480

❑ mechanic or electronic counters available

❑ pressure- and temperature connectionpossibilities at body inlet and outlet

❑ can be combined with electronic compactcorrectors

max. service pressure pmax 25 barmeter sizes G 40 to G 160(from Qmax 65 m3/h to Qmax 230 m3/h)max. measuring range 1:160body material:cast iron (GGG) or Aluminium

connections:- flanged to DIN PN 16, PN 25- flanged to ANSI 150in DN 50, DN 80, DN 100

gas volume meter for official calibration

Flow Metering Rotary Displacement Meter RMG 132

Volume Meters


285

Flow Metering Rotary Displacement Meter RMG 132

Volume Meters

dimensions and capacity

meter pipe size face-to-face dim. max. service pressure max. flow capacitysize DN (flange to flange) pmax Qmax

in mm in mm in bar m3/h

G 40 50 150* 25 65

G 40 50 171 25 65

G 65 50 150 25 100

G 65 50 171 25 100

G 100 80 171 25 160

G 100 80 241** 25 160

G 160 80 241 25 250

G 160 100 241 25 250

G 160 100 300** 25 250

*) only in body material GGG (cast iron)

**) lenthening with intermediate rings

286

dimensions and capacity data

meter pipe size face-to-face dim. max. service pressure max. flow capacitysize DN (flange to flange) pmax Qmax

in mm in mm in bar in m3/h

G 250 100 350 25 400

G 400 150 350 25 650

G 650 150 500 25 1000

G 1000 200 500 25 1600


❑ PTB- and EWG-approved for officialcalibrated use


❑ can be installed in either horizontal orvertical position, both flow directionspossible

❑ no flow straightening on upstream ordownstream side needed

❑ can be combined with electronic compactcorrectors

❑ integrated NF-pulse transmitter and meterdisplay with mechanical gear

max. service pressure pmax 25 barmeter sizes G 250 to G 1000(from Qmax 400 m3/h to Qmax 21600 m3/h)max. measuring range 1:100

connections:DN 100, DN 150, DN 200flanged to DIN PN 10, PN 16, PN 25and ANSI 150


Flow Metering Rotary Displacement Meter RMG 130 (Z 01-A)

Volume Meters


287

❑ for retro-fitting to mechanical drive shafts of existing gas meters

RMG-Publication upon request

Flow Metering IG 02

Volume Meters

pulse transmitter

288

RMG Meßtechnik GmbHRMG Publication 3.161


❑ special version for corrosive gas

❑ mechanical counter showing total gasflow in volume units (working cubic meter)

❑ high accuracy

❑ horizontal or vertical gas flow

❑ simultaneous connection of two auxiliaryinstruments (e.g. integrator and loadrecorder) to the output couplings ispossible

❑ TRZ 03E without mechanical index, withelectronical output for computer systems


connectionsDN 50 to DN 600flanged to DIN PN 10, PN 16, PN 25, PN 40,PN 63, PN 100 andflanged to ANSI 150, ANSI 300, ANSI 600

Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03

Volume Meters



289


meter pipe size face-to-face max. service pressure max. flow capacitysizes DN dimensions pmax Qmax

in mm in mm in bar in m3 /h

G 40 50 150 100 65

G 65 50 150 100 100

G 100 80 240 100 160

G 16080 240

100 250100 300

G 25080 240

100 400100 300

G 400100 300

100 650150 450

G 650 150 450 100 1000

G 1000150 450

100 1600200 600

G 1600200 600

100 2500250 750

G 2500250 750 100

4000300 900 100

G 4000300 900

100 6500400 1200

G 6500400 1200 100

10000500 1500 100

G 10000500 1500

100 16000600 1800

G 16000 600 1800 100 25000

Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03

Volume Meters

290



❑ tested acc. to TRG13/OIML

❑ no additional inlet flow straightenerneeded (even with strong turbulences)


❑ integrativel counter showing total gas flowin volume units (working cubic meter)

❑ high accuracy




Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 L

Volume Meters



291


meter pipe size face-to-face max. service pressure max. flow capacitysizes DN dimensions pmax Qmax

in mm in mm in bar in m3 /h

G 40 50 150 100 65

G 65 50 150 100 100

G 100 80 240 100 160

G 16080 240

100 250100 300

G 25080 240

100 400100 300

G 400100 300

100 650150 450

G 650 150 450 100 1000

G 1000150 450

100 1600200 600

G 1600200 600

100 2500250 750

G 2500250 750 100

4000300 900 100

G 4000300 900

100 6500400 1200

G 6500400 1200 100

10000500 1500 100

G 10000500 1500

100 16000600 1800

G 16000 600 1800 100 25000

Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 L

Volume Meters

292




❑ mechanical counter showing total gasflow in volume units (working cubic meter)

❑ high accuracy


❑ simultaneous connection of two auxiliaryinstruments (e.g. integrator and loadrecorder) to the output couplings ispossible

max. service pressure pmax 100 barmeter sizes G 65 to G 16000measuring range: 1:16


or sandwich-version for DN 50 to DN 250

Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 K

Volume Meters

gas volume meter for non-official calibration

293

*) fast-rotating version**) face-to-face dimensions for sandwich version

Flow Metering Turbine Meter TRZ 03 K

Volume Meters


pipe size face-to-face max.service pressure max. flow capacity max. flow capacity

DN dimensions pmax Qmax Qmax

in mm in mm in bar in m3/h in m3/h

50 150 (100**) 100 6 100

10 160

80 120 100 16 250

25 400

100 150 10025 400

40 650

40 650

150 175 100 65 1000

100 1600

200 200 100100 1600

160 2500

250 250 100160 2500

250 4000

300 300 100250 4000

400 6500

400 400 100400 6500

650 10000

500 400 100650 10000

1000 16000

600 480 1001000 16000

1600 25000

294




❑ electronic, battery-operated countingmechanism (service life min. 6 years)

❑ torqueless metering system showing totalgas flow in volume units (working cubicmeter)

❑ high accuracy


❑ standard NF- and HF-frequency outputs

❑ resettable totalizer

❑ electronic suppression of overtravelpossible

❑ current output (external power supply unitrequired)

❑ explosion protection: EEX ib II CT4

max. service pressure pmax 100 barmeter sizes G 40 to G 16000(Qmax 100 m3/h up to Qmax 25000 m3/h)

connections:- standard DN 25 to DN 600 flanged to PN 100 and ANSI 600- optional DN 25 and DN 40 threaded-end sandwich

design

DN 50 to DN 250 in sandwich design

Flow Metering Electronic Volumeter TERZ 91

Volume Meters


295

Flow Metering Electronic Volumeter TERZ 91

Volume Meters

*) threaded-end connection**) monoflange design


pipe size sandwich flange body flange body min. flow max. flowdesign capacity capacity

DN face-to-face pmax face-to-face pmax face-to-face pmax Qmin Qmax

in mm in bar in mm in bar in mm in bar in m3/h in m3/h

25 185* 16* - - - - 2,5 25

40 140* 16* - - - - 5 70

50 80 25 150 50 80** 100 6 100

80 120 25 120 40 120** 10010 25025 400

100 150 25 150 40 150** 10025 400

40 650

150 175 25 175 40 175** 10040 650

100 1600

200 200 25 200 40 200** 100100 1600

160 2500

250 250 25 300 25 250** 100160 2500

250 4000

300 - - 300 25 450 100250 4000

400 6500

400 - - 400 25 600 100400 6500

650 10000

500 - - 400 25 750 100650 10000

1000 16000

600 - - 480 25 900 1001000 16000

1600 25000

296


❑ for almost all gaseous and liquid media ingas technics, engineering and chemicalindustry

❑ vortex meter with complete metering line

❑ wide metering range

❑ metering factor independent of medium

❑ long-term measuring accuracy withoutdrift

❑ interchangeable vortex unit

❑ double sensors easily interchangeablethrough fittings

❑ same additional equipment as for vortexmeter

max. service pressure pmax 100 barmeter sizes G 16 to G 40000(Qmax 30 m3/h up to Qmax 80000 m3/h)max. measuring range: 1:60

connections:DN 25 to DN 600flanged to DIN PN 40, PN 100and flanged to ANSI 300, ANSI 600

length of metering line:12 x pipe size

Flow Metering Flow-Meter WZ 07 (compact vortex meter)

Volume Meters


297


pipe size face-to-face max. service pressure min. flow capacity max. flow capacityDN dimensions* pmax Qmin Qmax

in mm in mm in bar in m3/h in m3/h

25 350 100 1.5 30

40 560 100 2 100

50 700 100 4 200

80 1120 100 10 600

100 1400 100 15 1200

150 2100 100 30 2500

200 2000 100 80 5000

250 2500 100 130 8000

300 3000 100 200 12000

400 4000 100 320 18000

500 4000 100 500 30000

600 4000 100 800 50000

750 4000 100 1500 80000

Flow Metering Flow-Meter WZ 07 (compact vortex meter)

Volume Meters

*) complete length (including inlet flow straightener)

298


❑ for almost all gaseous and liquid media ingas technics, engineering and chemicalindustry

❑ vortex meter for gas and liquids volumemeasurement, which is used in connec-tion with additional devices for pressureand temperature corrected data ortogether with a density meter for mass-flow designation

❑ large measuring range

❑ high accuracy

❑ high reliability, unharmed by any overloadconditions, independant of vibrations


❑ maintenance possible without having tointerrupt operation

❑ double signal output for additional devices(for instance for pulse processing devices,electric and electromagnetic meteringsystems, and Flow Computers)

max. service pressure pmax 100 bar(300 bar)meter sizes G 40 to G 25000(from Qmax 65 m3/h to Qmax 40000 m3/h)max. measuring range: 1:50

connections:DN 40 to DN 600flanged to PN 40, PN 100, PN 160 andflanged to ANSI 300, ANSI 600

Flow Metering Vortex Meter WBZ 08

Volume Meters



299

*) This table shows standard sizes. Special sizes upon request.

Flow Metering Vortex Meter WBZ 08

Volume Meters

**) For officially calibrated measuring lines, vortex meters must be used together with a flow straightener on the inlet side and an outlet pipe. Total length of the metering line: 28 x nominal width.

dimensions and capacity*

meter pipe size face-to-face max. service pressure max. flow capacitysizes DN dimensions** pmax Qmax

in mm in mm in bar in m3/h

G 40 40 120 100 65

G 65 40 120 100 100

G 65 50 150 100 100

G 100 50 150 100 160

G 16080 240 100

250

G 250 400

G 400100 300 100

650

G 650 1000

G 1000150 450 100

1600

G 1600 2500

G 1600200 600 100

2500

G 2500 4000

G 2500250 750 100

4000

G 4000 6500

G 4000300 900 100

6500

G 6500 10000

G 6500400 1200 100

10000

G 10000 16000

G 10000500 1500 100

16000

G 16000 25000

G 16000600 1800 100

25000

G 25000 40000

300


❑ applicable from pabs = 1 bar upwards

❑ high stability against incoming disturban-ces due to durch 6 measuring vectors in 3different planes

❑ tested acc. to TR G13 / OIML

❑ high-pressure calibration with air acc. toTR G7

❑ high flow velocity (up to 40 m/s), thussmaller sizes can be used compared toturbine meters

❑ sensor exchange possible without re-calibration

❑ high accuracy

❑ robust and dirt-repelling sensors made ofTitan

❑ reliable PANAMETRICS sensors

❑ simple handling with Flow ComputerSeries ERZ 9000 T

PTB approved

max. service pressure pmax 100 bar (optional 250 bar)meter sizes G 650 to G 25000(from Qmax 2500 m3/h to Qmax 40000 m3/h)measuring rang 1:50 to 1:125

connections:- flanged to DIN PN 40, PN 100- flanged to ANSI 300, ANSI 600 l ANSI 900, ANSI 1500 (optiona)in DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, DN 250, DN300, DN 400, DN 500, DN 600 (optional DN750)

Flow Metering Ultraschallgaszähler USZ 08

Volume Meters


301

*) This table shows standard sizes. Special sizes upon request.

**) For officially calibrated measuring lines it is necessary to have a straight piece of pipe (length 10 x DN) in front of the meter, and a straight length of 3 x DN) on the outlet side of the meter.

Flow Metering Ultraschallgaszähler USZ 08

Volume Meters

dimensions and capacity*

pipe size face-to-face min. flow capacity max. flow capacity meter sizesin dimensions** Qmin Qmax

DN (inch) in mm in m3/h in m3/h G

150 ( 6“) 1000 50 2500 650 / 1000 / 1600

200 ( 8“) 1000 80 4000 1000 / 1600 / 2500

250 (10“) 1250 130 6500 1600 / 2500 / 4000

300 (12“) 1200 130 10000 2500 / 4000 / 6500

400 (16“) 1200 200 16000 4000 / 6500 / 10000

500 (20“) 1500 200 25000 6500 / 10000 / 16000

600 (24“) 1800 320 40000 10000 / 16000 / 25000

302

RMG Meßtechnik GmbH

❑ resistance thermometer PT 100

❑ optional: mounting in immersion sleeve

❑ explosion protected

electric connection PT 100 DIN - 4-wire connection connection head AGG-Ex

explosion protection according toEEx d II C T 6

screw connectionG 3/4

mounting length160 (250) mm

sensor for gas temperature measurement

Flow Measurement Resistance Thermometer PT 100

Sensor Systems

303


❑ measuring range freely adjustable

❑ explosion protected

- transmitter 3051 C

measuring range 0-250 bar (adjustable)

- transmitter G 2088 A

measuring range 0-50 bar

electric connection 2-wire measuring system 4-20 mA, auxiliary power via transmitter supply unit or corrector

explosion protection flameproof enclosure according to EN

temperature compensation -20°C to +60°C (standard)

sensor for gas pressure measurement

Flow Measurement Pressure Transmitters

Sensor Systems

304

❑ for non-official calibration and officialcalibration


❑ density sensor operates with a tuning forksystem. The frequency is influenced bythe density of the ambient gas

❑ vibrations are generated electro-magnetically and are signalled to thedownstream computer (Flow-Computer)

❑ connecting a downstream Flow-Computer- density/specific gravity corrector - isnecessary

❑ explosion-proof version as a specialfeature

max. service pressure pmax 250 barmeasuring range 2 kg/m3 to 250 kg/m3

officially calibrated 4 kg/m3 to 250 kg/m3

service temperature -10°C to +50°Cvibration frequency 1100 Hz

connectionsscrew joint without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm;- cable-screwing PG 11


Flow Measurement Density Transmitter DG 08

Sensor Systems

sensor system for gas density at working load

305


❑ for non-official calibration and officialcalibration


❑ density metering by frequency of a tuningfork, the frequency is influenced by thedensity of the ambient gas

❑ vibrations are electro-magneticallygenerated and are signalled to a desitycorrector (Flow-Computer)

❑ the transmitter works with two tuning forksystems which are located in separatemetering chambers. One meteringchamber is filled by a metering gas,similar to a reference gas. Same pressureand same temperature is producedbetween the two metering chambers

❑ the connection of a downstream Flow-Computer - density/specific gravitycorrector - is necessary

❑ explosion-proof version as a specialfeature

max. service pressure p max 5 barmeasuring range 0.4 kg/m3 to 3.5 kg/m3

officially calibrated 0.65 kg/m3 to 1.65 kg/m3

service temperature -20°C to +50°Cvibration frequency 1100 Hz for both systems

connections:- screw joints without brazing to DIN 2353 for external pipe dia. 10 mm;- cable-screwing PG 11

Flow Measurement Standard Density Transducer NDG 08

Sensor Systems

sensor system for gas density at working load

306

❑ measurement of gas densities at standardconditions

❑ monitoring of gas mixtures

❑ analysis of binary gas mixtures

❑ control of processes

working pressure3-10 bar

measuring range0.4 - 3.5 kg/m3

service temperature0°C to +50°C

explosion protectionsupply via intrinsically safe EExi isolatingamplifier

output signal4-20 mA (2-wire)service interface

optioncabinet version for outdoor installation


Flow Measurement Standard Density Transmitter NDG 08 T

Sensors Systems

for the measurement of gas density at standard conditions

307

❑ for combustion-free determination ofWobbe index, calorific, heating values andstandard densities

❑ automatic calibration or manual

❑ measuring accuracy ± 1%

❑ measuring medium natural gas (standard)or burnable gases

service pressurepmin = 0.3 bar pmax = 2.5 bar

response time11-28 s

gas consumption15 I/h

electric connectionssupply voltage 230 VAC, 24 VDCoutlet signal 0/4-20 mA


Flow Measurement Wobbe Index Meter WOM 2000 S

Sensors Systems

for combustion-free determination of Wobbe index, calorific values, etc.

308


mode of operation:The velocity of sound transducer VOS 07works to the vortex pipe principle

technical data:


Flow Measurement Velocity of Sound Transducer VOS 07

Sensor Systems

sound velocity metering instrument

measuring range 150-1500 m/saccuracy 0.2%service pressure 3 barambient temperature -10 to 50°Coutlet frequency/currentinstallation in Ex-zone, intrin-

sically safe powersupply

gas consumption approx. 100 l/h

309

M vortex/turbine meterDG density sensorNDG standard gravity sensorCAL calorimeterVOS 07 velocity of sound transducer

1) correction of the sound velocityinfluence on vibration element densitysensor

ρ densityK1, K2 sensor constants

in connection with density sensors, flowcomputers etc. high-precision gas densitymeasurements are possible. This soundvelocity correction has been officiallyapproved by the PTB for connection toRMG´s Flow Computer ERZ 9000 turbo.

Flow Measurement Velocity of Sound Transducer VOS 07

Sensor Systems

ρc = ρ · K1 · (1 + K2 c2)

1ρn = · k · pn

c2

2) standard gravityFor natural gases, the isentropic coefficient kchanges only slightly. The standard gravity orthe relative gravity ratio can be derived fromthe following formula.

3) gas analysis - binary gas mixtures

cmix = F (g) g mass fractionSound characteristic curves represent thesound velocity as a function of the gasconcentration.

4) monitoring of base volume integrationby measurement of the relative gas concen-tration.

5) monitoring and detection of gas changein gas lines.

For set-up, installation and operation of theVOS 07 see RMG Publication No. 3.531on density transmitter / specific gravitytransmitters

CAL VOS 07 NDG

M DG

Flow Computer ERZ 9000 turbo

ρnHo Cn VB

(2x)

ρb

310

❑ measurement of the velocity of sound in acertain gas

❑ to monitor the concentration of one com-ponent in a gas mixture

❑ control of processes


working pressureapprox. 2.5 bar

measuring range150-1500 m/s

service temperature-10°C to +50°C

explosion protectionpower supply via intrinsically safe EExiconnections

outlet signal❑ 4-20 mA (2-conductors)

❑ service interface

optioncabinet version for outdoor installation


Flow Measurement Velocity of Sound Transmitter VOS 07 T

Sensor Systems

device for the measurement of sound velocity in gas

311


❑ for combustion-free determination ofcalorific value, standard density, heatingvalue, and Wobbe index

❑ determination of amount of energythrough integrated corrector functionality

❑ no influence by surrounding air


❑ measuring precision better than ± 0.5%

❑ suitable for natural gas and other com-bustible gases

❑ works without additional carrier gas orother supporting gases

applied for PTB-approval (II 2002)

service pressure pmin = 0.3 bar pmax = 2.5 bar

response time 15-60 s

gas consumption 15 I/h

service temperature -10°C to +50°C

electric connections supply voltage 230 VAC, 24 VDC outlet signal 0/4-20 mA DSfG-connection acc. to DVGW G 485

Flow Measurement Measuring Device EMC 500

Sensor Systems

measuring device for standard density and calorific value

312

components:

nitrogen

methane

carbon dioxide

ethane

propane

i-butane

n-butane

neo-pentane

i-pentane

n-pentane

C6+7 components are measured; Pentane andC6+ are calculated acc. to TR G 486.

duration of analysis< 180 seconds

carrier gasHelium

inlet pressurescarrier gas 5.5 bar

measuring gas 1.5 bar

analytical computer GC 900019”-module 3 HE (48 TE)

(based on flow computer ERZ 9000)

outlet signal- serial interface

- DSfG-interface acc. to DVGW G 485

- analog signal

- service interfaceRMG Meßtechnik GmbHRMGPublication 3.575

❑ suitable for measuring calorific value,standard density, Wobbe index andrelative density of natural gases

❑ the analysis system consists of thecomponents:- analyzing unit CP 2002 BBQ- analytical computer GC 9000

❑ calculation of calorific value according toISO 6976

❑ automatic re-calibration

❑ compact design

❑ no seperate bottle holder necessary

❑ low runnung costs

approved by PTB

Flow Measurement process gas chromatograph PGC 900 BBQ

Sensor Systems

gas chromatograph for determining calorific value, standard density, and amount of CO2

313

components:

nitrogen

methane

carbon dioxide

ethane

propane

i-butane

n-butane

neo-pentane

i-pentane

n-pentane

C6+

duration of analysis< 180 seconds

carrier gasHelium

inlet pressurescarrier gas 5.5 bar

measuring gas 1.5 bar

analytical computer GC 900019”-module 3 HE (48 TE)

(based on flow computer ERZ 9000)

outlet signal- serial interface

- DSfG-interface acc. to DVGW G 485

- analog signal

- service interface

RMG Meßtechnik GmbHRMGPublication 3.572

❑ suitable for measuring 11 natural gascomponents, of which the following iscalculated: calorific value, standarddensity, Wobbe index and relative densityof natural gases

❑ the analysis system consists of thecomponents:- analyzing unit CP 2002- analytical computer GC 9000

❑ calculation of calorific value according toISO 6976

❑ automatic recalibration

❑ adaptable to max. 4 gas streams

approved by PTB

Flow Measurement process gas chromatograph PGC 9000 VC

Sensor Systems

gas chromatograph for measurement of 11 gas components

314


❑ base volume corrector

❑ calculation acc. to GERG 88 S for naturalgas or for industrial gases acc. to Beattie& Bridgeman, optionally combinable witha gas chromatograph

❑ calibration during operation

❑ data logging system included

❑ mains or battery powered

❑ integrated pressure transmitter

❑ single channel volume input

❑ installation possible directly on meteringdevice

❑ installation possible in Ex-zone 1

casingcast aluminium, protection IP 54,PG-screws

installation in locations G 490 (Ex-zone II)max. service pressure pmax 10 bara

(Ex)i-version for installations in locations acc.to G 491 (Ex-zone I)

Flow Measurement Compact Corrector EC 694

Electronic Corrector Systems, Flow Computers

microcomputer for correction by pressure and temperature

approved by PTB

315

Flow Measurement Compact Corrector EC 694


input signals (volume pulse)- single channel: Reed contact, max. input

frequency fmax 1 Hz (if battery-operated)

- 2-channel: max. input frequency fmax 400Hz (if mains-operated)

communication

- optical connection for infrared scanner

- 4-wire connection (for M-Bus)

- 3-wire connection

display- 2-line LCD-field, 16 digits per line

ambient temperature

- 20°C to +60°C

power supply (optional)- 24 / 9.2 VDC- 2 lithium batteries

316

Flow Measurement Volume Corrector EC 994



❑ base volume corrector or calorific valuecorrector

❑ calculation acc. to GERG 88 S for naturalgas or for industrial gases acc. to Beattie& Bridgeman, optionally combinable witha gas chromatograph

❑ volume meter error-curve linearization

❑ remote programming possible via DSfG-Bus

❑ freezing of measured values andoperands


❑ with data logging function as tariffrecorder acc. to DSfG rules

❑ plug-in modular design, 19“ rack-mountingunit

❑ electrical separation acc. to Ex-rulesintegrated in the unit

approved by PTB

microcomputer for calculation of standard volume

317

Flow Measurement Volume Corrector EC 994


connections

- 2-channel volume input

- impulse and analog outputs

- digital connections for status signals

communication- digital connections V24 / RS 232 C

- DSfG connection acc. to DVGW G 495

display

- electronic totalizers

- electronic ID data

ambient temperature

-20°C to +60°C

power supply (optional)

- 24 VDC

- 230 VAC

318

microcomputer for freely choosable volume correction

Flow Measurement Volume Corrector ERZ 2200


RMG Meßtechnik GmbHRMG Information 3.831

The volume corrector ERZ 2200 is onefunctional unit of the System 2200.

❑ base volume corrector or calorific valuecorrector

❑ for one or two flow meters

❑ calculation acc. to GERG 88 S, AGA-NX-19, or AGA 8

❑ bus connection via DSfG or MODBUS

❑ easy-to-use plain-speech menues

❑ measuring values and signals shown intext form

❑ data storage for tariff purposes acc. toDSfG standard

❑ tariff recording unit

❑ remote setting via DSfG-Bus


❑ calibration during operation, and freezingof measured values and operands

❑ plug-in modular design, 19” mounting rack

approved by PTB

319

functional groups:

The System 2200 is constructed in modules:SCS 2200 - station control systemERZ 2200 - volume correctorMRG 2200 - tariff recorderSingle components or combinations thereofcan be combined in one housing.

station control system SCS 2200takes over the regulation, steering andsupervision

a) regulation - gas pressure and flow regulation with pneumatic or electric valve systems - pre-heater regulation with optimized steering of the boiler - regulation of the heating system in a gas station

b) steering - switching of lines or meters acc. to flow values - control of the odorizing dosing pump - switching of pumps in heating systems

c) supervision - analog and binary supervision and recording of signals, and documentation thereof - supervision of filters via differential pressure - comparing of signals, i.e. comparing meters positioned in a row

volume corrector ERZ 2200

d) officially calibrated volume correction - base volume correction - calorific value correction - density/mass correction (optional) - differential pressure corrrector

tariff recorder MRG 2200

e) data logging and recording of - events (messages) - working data - calibrated tariff data (MRG-tasks)

functions incorporated in every group:

f) remote signalling and control - DSfG- or Modbus-communication - communication for remote regulation - modem connection

g) other functions - volume correction (cannot be calibrated) for several meters - DSfG radio-signal clock for synchronizing the complete system

Flow Measurement Volume Corrector ERZ 2200


320


❑ freely choosable applications of the ERZ9000 „Turbo“:

- base volume correctorERZ 9004

- density/mass correctorERZ 9002

- calorific value correctorERZ 9102, ERZ 9104

- differential pressure correctorERZ 9012, 9014

❑ for correction via pressure and tempe-rature, calculation of the standard volumeis made acc. to GERG 88 S for naturalgases or acc. to Beattie & Bridgeman,also using measured values receivedfrom a process gas chromatograph

❑ for correction via actual density andstandard density, the velocity-of-soundeffect is measured and calculated

approved by PTB

Flow Measurement Flow Computer Series ERZ 9000 „Turbo“


Microcomputer for freely choosable volume correction

321

Flow Measurement Flow Computer Series ERZ 9000 „Turbo“



❑ freely programmable parameters,constants, limiting values

❑ freezing of measured values andoperands

❑ real-time clock


❑ plug-in modular design, 19” mounting rack

connections❑ 2-channel volume input

❑ pulse and analog outputs

❑ V24/RS 232 C digital interfaces

❑ Standard data communication (DSfG)interface conforming to DVGW G 485(option)

display electronic totalizers

power supply 230/110/24 VAC, 24 VDC

ambient temperature -10°C to + 50°C

322

Karl Wieser GmbH

application:

❑ totalizer-value recording

❑ flow recording

❑ monitoring of special contracts

❑ monitoring of flow values

❑ determination of maximum values

❑ supervision of maximum values

❑ memorizing of temperature and pressurevalues

❑ supervision of temperature and pressurevalues

❑ addition of pulse values / registering ofpulse differences

Data Logging and Recording Data Recording System MRG 800

recording, transfer, and evaluation

measured data recording system

features:

❑ 4 pulse inputs (intrinsically safe)

❑ 2 analog inputs

❑ 2 signal inputs (intrinsically safe)

❑ 2 signal outputs

❑ pulse summing with pulse sum output

❑ internal standard- or GSM-modem

❑ various transfer protocols:MRG800/910, DSfG, IEC1107

❑ local electrical and optical interfaces

❑ timer system with synchronisation viasignal input or PTB - time service pertelephone

❑ automatic and/or remote switchingbetween summer- and wintertime

❑ time pulse output, adjustable from 1 minto 1 h

❑ battery-operated (without modem),endurance 6 years

❑ integrated power unit for external supply230V/50Hz or 9 to 36 VDC

❑ official storage unit for load profiles

323

Karl Wieser GmbH

features:

❑ 4 pulse inputs with or without explosionprotection

❑ 4 analog inputs for currents of0 to 20 mA

❑ signal inputs

❑ 1 input for synchronization of the internaltimer

❑ 4 programmable signal outputs for limitvalue signals, timer contacts and sumpulse output

❑ 4 pulse outputs

❑ 1 collective signal output

❑ exchangeable data memory (”credit-card”- memory, up to a memory depth ofone year)

❑ processing of analog values:- display and printout of sample and

average data of physical units- average values for defined measuring

periods, per day and month- monitoring of limit values

❑ processing of the signals- output via the collective signal output- provision of record by the printer- storage in data memory- initiation of remote transmission

application:

❑ recording of energy quantities

❑ peak load monitoring, limit valuemonitoring

❑ deterimination of min./max. values overdefined periods

❑ recording and transmission of events(condition, operation and fault signals)

❑ recording of service hours of individualdevices and complete plants

❑ maintenance interval recall signals

❑ issue of daily, monthly and yearlyrecording sheets

❑ recording, monitoring and accounting ofprice/supply basis

❑ monitoring of special contracts

Data Logging and Recording Data Recording System MRG 2100


measured data recording system

324

Data Logging and Recording Tariff Recorder MRG 2200


microcomputer for tariff recording

Karl Wieser GmbH

features:

❑ data logging for pulsed and analog valuesacc. to DSfG standard

❑ data logging via DSfG-Bus and/or throughdirect input

❑ determination of maximum values forinput values (coming directly or via DSfG)

❑ pulse and analog value summing for anyDSfG data points

❑ pulse and analog value output for anyDSfG data points

❑ binary and analog steering outputs

❑ limit monitoring for analog values

❑ logging and transfer of signals

❑ official storage unit for load profiles

logging of gas condition values:

❑ long-term archive for gas condition valuesin connection with a process gaschromatograph

❑ supervision and recording of calibrationand testing cycles

❑ calculation and saving of hourly, daily,and monthly average values for the gascomponents

application:

❑ central tariff recording of volume andcondition data in medium-sized and largeDSfG systems

❑ registration of gas condition data inconnection with a process gas chromato-graph

❑ process data registration and stationmonitoring

325

Karl Wieser GmbH

features:

❑ variable, freely programmable inputchannels for acquiring binary and analoginformation

❑ load-value outlook for hourly and dailyprediction

❑ access to all recorded and actualmeasured values, locally or per dataremote transmission with fixed and/ordialled telephone connections

❑ gas outlook predicted on the basis of dailyprofiles

❑ flexible time-switching programme with 8switching channels

❑ time synchronisation via DCF77 radiosignal

❑ comprehensive programmes for operationand evaluation

application:

❑ peak load monitoring for gas supply

❑ gas supply optimization

❑ switch-over from gas to oil consumptionvia remote control

load control system

Data Logging and Recording TW 2101

load control systems, data evaluating software

326

Karl Wieser GmbH

software

features:

❑ universal DSfG-/MRG-DFÜ dataacquisition system for registered valuesand process data

❑ up to 16 simultaneous connectionspossible

❑ can be used as working computer andclient/server-system

❑ modular construction

❑ time-switching programme with 8switching channels

❑ integrated data storage system

❑ recording hardware of other producerscan be incorporated

❑ can be used with Win9x/ME, WinNT, Win2000

❑ comfortable, mainly automized build-up ofstation data

❑ automatic time-based data extraction

❑ manual data extraction

❑ visualization of extracted data

❑ automatic and manual export of extracteddata in defineable ASCII format

❑ display of momentary values and remoteparameter setting for stations

❑ automatic modem-line build-up for signalscoming from the stations

Data Logging and Recording Data Readout System WIOCM


327

features:

❑ evaluation of gas data in graphic andtable form

❑ data source: WIESER tariff recorders,RMG volume correctors, DSfG archives

❑ definition of single and combinedmeasuring points

❑ standard volume- and energy calculation

❑ administration of storage amount

❑ protocol layout definable by user

❑ any single and combined measuringpoints can be added to a protocol

❑ daily, monthly, yearly, and comparedprotocols

❑ unlimited different protocols are possible

❑ display of hourly and daily values as linegraphic

❑ zoom area from one day to one year

❑ any number of line graphics arecombineable

❑ all graphics can be printed directly

❑ input of correcting values on hourly or onarea basis

❑ input of correcting factors

❑ manual input of measuring points

❑ export of hourly, daily, and monthly valuesvia ASCII interface

Karl Wieser GmbH

Data Logging and Recording Data Evaluation WICAL


software

328

Data Logging and Recording Service Programmes WISERV and WIDOC


software

WISERV - service programme for DSfGunits:

❑ for any DSfG units connected by DFÜ

❑ for MRG220x via serial interface

❑ fully compatible to data readout systemWICOM



❑ online display and set-up of the DSfGdata elements

❑ saving, display, and direct export to MSExcel of the set-up values of allconnected units

❑ set-up values can be saved back in theunits

❑ read-out of archives and logbooks

WIDOC - documentation of DSfG bussystems:

❑ for any DSfG units connected by DSfGcard (PCMCIA)



❑ automated analysis of- main overview of the DSfG bus system- overview of single stages- checking of all adress relations and CRC´s- comparison of the bus configuration via an user-defined scheme- testing of the measured value registration (via “freeze“)- read-out and storage“

❑ saving, display, and direct export of theresults to MS ExcelKarl Wieser GmbH

329

Data Logging and Recording Data “sent home“ - INetData


software

Karl Wieser GmbH

INetData - data at your service:

❑ access to all available archive data in thestation, such as hourly values, meterdata, and events

❑ a wide range of devices is supported(also non-RMG products)

❑ flexible data combination, data format,and readout intervals:You receive the data worldwide per- e-mail- FTP upload to your company´s server- FTP download from the WIESER data server

❑ data provided in password-securedinternet area

❑ data can be saved in user-definableASCII format or directly as MS Excel file

❑ readout cycles hourly to monthly

❑ data archive is provided for 2 months atleast

❑ read-out of archives and logbooks

Your advantages with INetData:

Do not waste ressources for the supervisionand maintenance of a readout system!

We offer you INetData also in a full-serviceversion: you tell us where we can receive thedata (i.e. as pulse values), and then receivethe evaluated data package - leave the restto us!

INetData - provided on the internet

330

Data Logging and Recording Data Logger DS 900

additional systems

For saving data coming from a Flow Compu-ter or a analytical computer (PGC)

features

❑ for PGC with up to 4 currents or for 4 single devices

❑ double saving of all data on two hard discs

❑ 3 1/2“ disc drive

❑ 19“ rack mounting unit

data logger

RMG Messtechnik GmbHRMG-Publication in preparation

331

❑ for connecting a maximum of 6 flow computers❑ 19” rack-mounting unit

functions❑ display of flow computer operating data

❑ controlling the insertion of correctionvalues for the superior calorific value andstandard density

connectionV24 / RS 232 C interface

Data Logging and Recording Flow-Computer Control System FE 06

additional systems

flow-computer control system


332

for organizing and supervising a freelychoosable number of measuring systemsand Flow Computers

features

❑ the organizing software can be configured freely acc. to customers´ specifications

❑ 19”- rack-mounting unit

Data Logging and Recording Supervising Computer FE 09

additional systems

supervising computer


333

for counting electrical impulses coming fromvolume meters with simultaneous determi-nation of the flow rate

❑ insert for a 19“-rack-mounting unit

❑ display of flow value and 3 counter values

❑ NF and HF output

❑ current output 0/4 - 20 mA

Data Logging and Recording Counter System CS 900

additional systems

counter unit


334


pipe size DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125

dimensions in mm 50 50 50 56 56 56

❑ prevents flame penetration in short pipes

❑ suitable for filtered gases and vapours offlammable liquids

❑ installation independent of position andflow situation, constructed as plug-in discto fit between two flanges

❑ gap width of the band element:0.5 mm or 0.7 mm

admissible service pressure:depending on the media

connectionsflangeless mounting betweenDIN PN 16, PN 40in DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, DN 80,DN 100, DN 125

without BAM or PTB-test


flame arrestor

Flame Arrestors Flame Arrestor RMG 930

flame arrestor systems

335



dimensions in mm 240 250 270 280 300

tested by BAM and PTB;

with design approval

admissible service pressure:

dependant on medium and version

suitable for:- gas/air mix in explosion groups II A

with s20 1.14 mm (methane/air mix)s20 0.91 mm(propane/butane-air-mix)

- vapour/air mix of flammable liquids inexplosion groups II A; II A/B; II B withs20 0.65 mm and ignitiontemperatures 170° C

version:

flame barriers with 0.7 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.3mm gap width of the band element

connections:

flanged to DIN PN 16 in DN 40, DN 50,DN 65, DN 80, DN 100


flame arrestor



❑ prevents flame penetration

❑ suitable as explosion-protection in shortpipes. In DN 40 and DN 50 also asdetonation protection for filtered gasesand vapours of flammable liquids

❑ with resistance thermometer

❑ compact design, simple maintenance

336

face-to-face dimensions pipe size DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300

dimensions in mm 240 255 265 290 310 330 350 400 470



admissible service pressure:

dependant on medium and version

suitable for:- gas/air mix in explosion groups II A

with s20 1.14 mm (methan/air mix)s20 0.91 mm(propane/butane-air-mix)

- vapour/air mix of flammable liquids inexplosion groups II A; II A/B; II B withs20 0.65 mm and ignitiontemperatures 170°

version:

flame barriers with 0.7 mm or 0.5 mm gapwidth of the band element

connections:

DN 50, DN 65, DN 80, DN 100, DN 125,DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, DN 300flanged to DIN PN 16


flame arrestor


❑ suitable as pipe explosion-protection inshort gas pipes for filtered gases and forvapours of flammable liquids


❑ small pressure drop

❑ modular installation, easy maintenance



337

tested by PTB,


- service pressure: atmospheric pressure

- suitable for stock of:- gasoline- kerosene- other petroleum spirits- aliphatic media including isomere- aromatic media and mixtures thereof- halogenic hydrocarbons- vegetable oils- natural oils (crude oils)- formic acids, vinegar acids

- version:

flame barrier with 0.5 mm gap width of theband element

- materials:

body and lid: steel or stainless steelarrestor insert: stainless steel

- connections:

flanged to DIN PN 16 in DN 40, DN 50,DN 65, DN 80


flame arrestor


❑ suitable as safety device againstexplosions and as flame barrier

❑ for tanks, containers and stations in whichburnable liquids are stocked, transfusedand mixed as well as to secure ventinglines


Flame Arrestorsn Flame Arrestor RMG 934


338


pipe sizes DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300

dimensions in mm 370 410 440 480 470 530 620 740


flame arrestor



- admissible service pressure:dependant on medium and version

- suitable for:- gas/air mix in explosion groups II A

with s20 1.14 mm (methane/air mix)s20 0.91 mm(propane/butane-air-mix)

- vapour/air mix of flammable liquids inexplosion groups II A; II A/B; II B withs20 0.65 mm and ignitiontemperatures 170°

- version:

flame barriers with 0.7 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.3mm gap width of the band element

- materials:

body parts: GS-C25, steel, or stainlesssteelarrestor insert: stainless steel

- connections:

flanged to DIN PN 16 in DN 65, DN 80,DN 100, DN 125, DN 150, DN 200, DN250, DN 300




❑ suitable as safety device againstexplosions in pipes of all lengths forfiltered gases and vapours of flammableliquids


❑ small pressure loss

❑ modular construction, easy maintenance

339

Flame Arrestors Notes


340


❑ suitable for all odourless gases, e.g.natural gas, oxygen, etc.

❑ electro-mechanical diaphragm pumpcontrolled by volume proportional(flowrate) pulses, e.g. coming from vortexmeters, turbine meters, etc., or comingfrom volume corrector)

❑ high dosing accuracy can be obtained incombination with volume correctors usingtemperature and pressure values

❑ smooth adjustment of the odor concen-tration and dosage checking is possibleduring operation

❑ odour transport from the interchangeablecontainer via principle of communicatingpipes

❑ high-pressure cleansing and ventingsystem optional

❑ interchangeable tank according to DIN30650

❑ continuous measurement of odour liquidoptional

max. operating pressure pmax 80 barmax. gas flow rate qnmax 160000 m3/hpower supply 220 V, 50 Hz

special version:

type GOE 2000 “So“odourization unit with a reserve pump forautomatic changeover in the event of failureof the „service pump“

Stations and Accessories Gas Odourizing Unit GOE 2000

station accessories: odourizing systems, pre-heaters, etc.

odourizing unit operating according to the injection method

341


❑ tank changing without interruption ofoperation

❑ easy to use

❑ stainless-steel type with clamping ring

❑ especially developed pump for volume-proportional odourization of small tomedium gas flows

❑ high-precision dosing, independent ofpressure

❑ with 5 I - spare tank, filling indicator andmanual dosing control

❑ simple start-up with integrated handvacuum pump for filling the spare tank

❑ easy starting even with prevailing gaspressure in line

❑ closed system

feed volume 15-150 mm3 / strokemax. working pressure 40 barmax. gas flow qn 50000 m3/h

special version:

type GOE O7 „So”odourization unit with a reserve pump forautomatic changeover in the event of failureof the „service pump“, including a spare tankof 5 l.

odourizing unit operating according to the suction method

Stations and Accessories Gas Odourizing Unit GOE 07


342


Type 7 EU❑ 19”-rack mounting unit❑ built-in pulse scaler and pulse generator❑ automatic or manual mode❑ digital display of the control pulse❑ optional extensions for monitoring units

Publication 5.311

Type 7 IG❑ wall-mounting unit❑ built-in pulse scaler and pulse generator❑ automatic or manual mode

Publication 5.311

Stations and Accessories Pulse Control Unit 7 EU, 7 IG


pulse control unit for gas odourizing devices

343


cabinet type GS❑ euro-rack 19”-cabinet for installation of flow computer with accessories❑ tailor made designs on customers´ requests❑ wired and approved❑ swivel frame❑ glazed front door

emergency power supply type NVS❑ emergency power supply unit equipped with maintenance-free accumulators❑ 19”-plug in units❑ emergency power supply period according to customers´ requests❑ parallel stand-by service facility

wall-mounted cabinet type SE❑ euro-rack 19“ wall housing with swivel part and visual doors for installation of flow computers and additional devices

rack type BG❑ 19”-plug in unit for installation of power supply and ex-isolating amplifier units etc.

Stations and Accessories Device Cabinets


device cabinets

344


❑ heating for explosion areas beginningfrom zone 2 (EX-RL) e.g. for regulatingcabinets and regulating stations inbuildings

❑ can be used with natural gas and all non-corrosive gaseous media, e.g. town gas,liquid gas, propane, butane. Specialversions for other gases are possible

❑ easy and robust design

❑ small consumption and high thermaloutput

❑ heat distribution through convection

❑ little space needed, universally applicable


max. service pressure pmax 50 mbar

nominal thermal capacity 0.96 kW

nominal thermal load 1.17 kW

connections

screw connection without brazing acc. to

DIN 2353

room heater for areas subject to explosion hazards

Stations and Accessories Preheater Type RHZ 02-SH 800


345

RMG-GASELAN, WÄGA Wärme-Gastechnik

determination of heat quantity

The reduction of the pressure of natural gas, e.g. in gas pressure regulators causes acooling of the gas. This change of the gas temperature is generally kown as „the Joule-Thomson-Effect“.That is why -under certain conditions, such as are given by a high inlet pressure or a highpressure cut- it is necessary to preheat the gas.Rough estimation of the heat needed for natural gas preheating:

W = qn · ∆tges · ρn · cp

W = heat quantity in kJ/hqn = gas volume or flowrate in m3/h∆ tges = total temperature = ∆ t1 + ∆ t2 in K∆ t1 = Joule-Thomson-Effect = (pe-pa) 0,5 in K∆ t2 = temperature differential between minimum gas inlet temperature and

temperature required after gas pressure reduction in Kcp = specific heat of natural gas 2,2 kJ/kgρn = specific gravity of natural gas= 0,831 kg/m3

Example:given: gas flowrate qn = 5000 m3/h

inlet pressure pe = 70 baroutlet pressure pa = 4 bargas inlet temperature tE = 273,16 Krequired gas outlet temperature tA = 278,16 K

∆ t2 = tA-tE : ∆ tges = ∆ t1 + ∆ t2 = (70-4) · 0,5 + 5 = 33 + 5 = 38 KW = qn · ∆ tges· ρn · cp = 5000 · 38 · 0,831 · 2,2 = 347358 kJ/h

Considering a preheating efficiency factor η = 0,85 the required heat quantity comes up toW = 408650 kJ/h.

in kJ/h

Stations and Accessories Determination of Preheaters


346


preheater type EV

Stations and Accessories Preheater Type EV


347

thermal output and dimensions

thermal dimensions in mm

type output pipe size measurement

in kJ/h DN 1 DN 2 DN 3 DN 4 DN 5 A B C D E F

EV I-1 1050025 25 20 20 20 300 750 1000 1500 1400 114

I-2 2100025 25 20 20 20 300 750 1000 2100 2000 114

II-1 4200040 40 25 25 25 400 750 1050 1800 1600 168

II-2 6300040 40 25 25 25 400 750 1050 2200 2000 168

III-1 8200050 50 40 40 25 500 750 1100 1900 1750 219

III-2 126000 50 50 40 40 25 500 750 1100 2500 2350 219

IV-1 210000 50 50 50 50 25 500 750 1125 2075 1825 273

V-1 315000 100 100 65 65 50 600 750 1200 1950 1700 324

V-2 420000 100 100 80 80 50 600 750 1200 2400 2150 324

VI-1 840000 150 150 100 100 50 700 750 1250 2400 2200 355

VII-1 1470000 150 150 100 100 50 850 750 1300 2475 2150 406

VIII-1 2100000 200 200 100 100 100 1000 750 1450 3000 3200 508


Stations and Accessories Preheater Type EV


348


cartridge filter (see also filters RMG 906, RMG 907 pages 168 ff.)

position of flange connections and supports

Stations and Accessories Cartridge Filter


inlet outlet

349


• versions in pressure stages from PN 10 up to PN 100 and ANSI 600• all dimensions are approximate

technical data

flow dimensions DN surface A B C D E F

in m3/h in m2 mm mm mm mm mm mm

60 50 0,3 400 - - 140 R 1” 200

180 50 0,9 450 - - 168 R 1” 200

260 50 1,3 450 - - 168 R 1” 200

320 80 1,6 520 - - 219 R 1” 240

440 80 2,2 520 - - 219 R 1” 240

780 100 3,9 610 600 1360 273 50 320

900 100 4,5 610 600 1360 273 50 320

1300 150 6,4 690 600 1590 324 50 400

1600 150 8 690 600 1790 324 50 400

2100 200 10 800 700 1950 406 80 480

2500 200 11 860 700 1950 457 80 490

3100 250 13,8 950 800 2280 508 100 560

3800 250 17 1050 800 2280 610 100 580

5200 300 25,6 1170 900 2200 700 150 680

Stations and Accessories Cartridge Filter


350

Stations and Accessories overview

below-ground gas control modules (UKA)

characteristics and advantages of the RMG below-ground modules:

❑ the below-ground gas control modulesincorporate all relevant parts of a con-ventional gas pressure regulating station

❑ the functional units (filter, SSV, pressureregulator, and safety relief valve) can bedismantled and exchanged seperately

❑ application of reliable RMG equipment

❑ reduced noise level



❑ planning persmission made easy

❑ protected from vandalism and damage

❑ version with heavy-duty cover for traffic,testing equipment, and vent mast

351


face-to-face in mm 658

weight in kg 280

❑ the KrysalisTM Gas Control Module hasall the elements of a conventional gaspressure reduction station. All workingparts are in a removable cartridge,housed in a ductile iron body, installedunderground into the line of the mainitself.


❑ totally buried design allows installation ina city or rural location

❑ reduced noise levels

❑ planning permission made easy

❑ easy maintenance - cartridge typeconstruction

❑ minimal or no site purchase

❑ prevents vandalism and damage

type: active-slammax. operating pressure (inlet) pe max 7 baroutlet pressure range: 0.020 to 0.075 baroverpressure cut-off range: 0.035 to 0.2 barunderpressure cut-off range: 0.010 to 0.050 barinternal relief range: 0.030 to 0.120 bartemperature range: -20°C to +60°C

connections: PN16 / DIN 2633inlet: DN 150outlet: DN 200

options:pre-packaged moduleUPCO/OPCOpressure profiling

Pressure Regulation BD-RMG 470 - Krysalis™

below ground modules - Bryan Donkin RMG Gas Controls Ltd.

below ground gas control module

352

Stations and Accessories RMG-UKA “Krysalis 16“™


below-ground gas control module type “Krysalis“

❑ the Krysalis 16TM Gas Control Modulehas all the elements of a conventional gaspressure reduction station. All workingparts are in removable cartridges,housed within a ductile iron body,installed underground into the line of thegas main itself.




❑ wide operation pressure range

❑ reduced noise levels

type: active-slamoutlet pressure range Wh 0.020 bar to 4 bar (RMG 402 with pilot RMG 620)minimum pressure drop ∆p 0.5 barclass of lock-up pressure zone SZ 2,5

SSV overpressure cut-off range (see pages134 ff., actuators K4, K5, or K6) Who 0.040 bar to 4.5 bar Whu 0.005 bar to 0.3 bar

safety relief valve adjustment range (BD-RMG 226 VR or RMG 832) Wh 0.040 bar to 8 bar

flowrate coefficient 1500 m3/h (KG-value, for natural gas)

connections: flanged to DIN PN 16 and ANSI 150

sizes: inlet DN 100, outlet DN 150heavy-duty cover for traffic

353

Stations and Accessories RMG-UKA “Krysalis“


SAV adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 134 ff.)


K 4 0.040 to 0.5 0.005 to 0.060

K 5 0.200 to 1.5 0.015 to 0.120

K 6 0.600 to 4.5 0.040 to 0.300


accuracy class AC 1



specific outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 620

setpoint spring specific

pilot no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range

in mm Wa in bar

2 blue 3.6 0.02 to 0.2

RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.1 to 0.5

4 brown 6.3 0.2 to 1.0

5 red 7.0 0.5 to 2.0

6 green 8.0 1 to 4

354

Stations and Accessories RMG-UKA “280 Vector Module“


❑ the 280 Vector ModuleTM is a totallyburied gas pressure reducing station

❑ All control elements are of standarddesign and contained within an under-ground housing. Above ground is a ventstack which contains the vent pipes foratmospheric reference pressure

❑ designed for use on gas distributionsystems and industrial applications whereabove ground space is restricted orminimal levels of environmental oraesthetic intrusion are required





❑ direct-acting or auxiliary controlled

type: active-slammax. operating pressure (inlet) pe max 4 baroutlet pressure range: 0.010 to 0.5 bar

connections: PN16 / DIN 2633 and ANSI 150sizes:- inlet DN 100, outlet DN 100- inlet DN 100, outlet DN 150


options:pre-packaged moduleunder/overpressure safety cut-off valve

below ground gas control module

heavy-duty cover for traffic

355



❑ the 402 Vector ModuleTM is a totallyburied gas pressure reducing station

❑ All control elements are of standarddesign and contained within an under-ground housing. Above ground is a ventstack which contains the vent pipes foratmospheric reference pressure

❑ designed for use on gas distributionsystems and industrial applications whereabove ground space is restricted orminimal levels of environmental oraesthetic intrusion are required





type: active-slammax. operating pressure (inlet) pe max 19 baroutlet pressure range: 0.020 to 4.0 barminimum pressure drop ∆p 0.5 bar

flowrate coefficient 830 m3/h (KG-value, for natural gas)

SSV overpressure cut-off range (see pages134 ff., actuators K1a or K2a) Who 0.050 bar to 4.5 bar

connections: PN16 / DIN 2633 and ANSI 150sizes: inlet DN 50, outlet DN 80


options: pre-packaged module,under/overpressure safety cut-off valve

below-ground gas control module type „Vector Module“

heavy-duty cover for traffic

356

specific outlet pressure range with pilot RMG 620

setpoint spring specific

pilot no. colour wire dia. outlet pressure range

in mm Wa in bar

2 blue 3.6 0.02 to 0.2

RMG 620 3 yellow 5.6 0.1 to 0.5

4 brown 6.3 0.2 to 1.0

5 red 7.0 0.5 to 2.0

6 green 8.0 1 to 4



SAV adjustment ranges (spring ranges see pages 120 ff.)


K 1a 0.040 to 1.5 0.010 to 0.120

K 2a 0.400 to 4.5 0.060 to 0.400


accuracy class AC 1



357


Stations and Accessories Standardized stations (Overview)

standardized stations

● = standard W = optional W* = optional included price increase

type 22 23 24 25 26 27

inletDN [mm] 25 50 80 50 80 100

PN [bar] 16 16 16 16 16 16

outletDN [mm] 40 80 100 100 100 150

PN [bar] 16 16 16 16 16 16

service pres. PB1) (bara) 4 4 16 16 16 16one-line ● ● ●

version two-line ● ● ●

insulated ● ● ● ● ● ●

cellular filter DN25 50 80 50 50 100

safety relief valvemonitoring unit

W* ● ● ●RMG 917

regul./ type RMG 300 330 330 402 402 402shut-off

valve DN [mm] 25 50 50 25 50/100 50/150

flowrate coefficient KG

for natural gas [m3/h] 65 200 500 350 1100 1500

cabinet/ polyester ●

kiosk concrete W W W ● W ●

made of aluminium ● ● W ● Wlength [mm] 642 950 1800 1700 1600 2910

cabinet/ height [mm] 1720 1470 1470 1600 1600 2530kiosk

dimens. depth [mm] 310 450 600 1100 800 1150

overview

358


❑ for gas supply to one-family or multiple-flat houses, for a natural gas consumptionof up to qnmax 90 m3/h

❑ with inlet and outlet ball valves, angle-type filter RMG 907 (optional), gaspressure regulator RMG 300 withintegrated safety cut-off valve (SSV), inletand outlet gauges

❑ connectionsinlet DN 25, outlet DN 40

❑ cabinet easy to maintain and to clean,made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester,self-supporting, complete with base

width (length): 64 cmfront to back: 31 cmheight: 82 cm overgrounddepth of underground base: 90 cm

System Station Type 22-E

(angular filter is optional)

Stations and Accessories Type 22


small cabinet station type 22

359


connectionstype 26: inlet DN 50, outlet DN 100type 27: inlet DN 80, outletDN 150

maintenance-free aluminium kioskwidth (length): 1.6 mfront to back: 0.8 mheight: 1.6 m

stations with easy-to-maintain gas pressure regulator RMG 402

❑ for gas supply to domestic and industrialusers

❑ with inlet and outlet ball valves,inline-flow filter RMG 906,gas pressure regulator RMG 402 withintegrated safety devices,inlet and outlet pressure gauge,safety relief valve RMG 835

Stations and Accessories Type 26, 27


360

combination of different bulding types- gas pressure regulating chamber

- heating chamber, odourizing chamber, electric system chamber


Stations and Accessories Ground Plan Scheme


361


two-line station with by-pass line

Stations and Accessories Flow Sheet


362


Stations and Accessories Standardized Station Type 25


cabinet station with gas pressure regulators type RMG 330

363


cabinet stationwith gas pressure regulators type RMG 402

Stations and Accessories Standardized Station Type 26


364


kiosk with gas pressure regulators type RMG 332

Stations and Accessories Standardized Stations

installation examples

365


pre-fabricated building for gas pressure regulation and metering

Stations and Accessories Standardized Stations

Accessories and Complete Stations

366


installation in a solid building (regulating lines)

Stations and Accessories Set-Up Example


367

installation in a solid building (metering line with vortex meter)




368

installation with roof




369


open-air station



370

installation of stations in a solid building (external view)




371

installation of station in a solid building (regulating lines)




372

1. Introduction

These "General Operating Instructions" deal

with the installation and operation of gas

pressure regulators (GDR) and safety shut-

off valves (SAV) and safety relief valves

(SBV).

For technical data and special features

please consult the relevant leaflets, as well

as test certificates and name plates of the

valve in question.

Attention: The construction, equipment,

operation, supervision, and maintenance of

gas pressure regulating installations are

subject to the correspon-ding safety

regulations, in particular the DVGW

guidelines G 490, G 491 and G 495.

Attention: Start-up of the devices and

maintenance may only be done by qualified

personnel.

2. Installation

Gas pressure regulators and safety devices

should be installed without distorting the

pipework. The arrow on the valve body

indicates the direction of flow. Normally the

device should be installed in a horizontal

main, but it is also permissible to install it in

a vertical main. The pilot unit and pressure

gauges must, however, be fitted in an upright

position.

Other installation positions, which may tell

upon the adjustment range Wh, the

regulating precision category RG, the closing

pressure cate-gory SG and the response

precision category AG, should only be

chosen under due consideration of ensuring

correct operation and maintenance.

2.1 Gauge length

The measuring impulse line should be

connected to the outlet main in a section of

straight flow right downstream of the

regulator and free from turbulence.

The following lengths of undisturbed pipe

may be assumed:

- upstream of measuring point:

5 times the nominal diameter DN of the pipe

- downstream of measuring point:

3 times the nominal diameter DN of the pipe

Maximum flow velocity at the measuring

point approximately 20 m/s.

The length of the undisturbed pipe upstream

of the measuring point may be shortened to

2.5 x DN, if devices with noise-reducing

outlet duct are being installed and if the pipe

size corresponds with the size of the outlet

expansion.

General operating instructions for gas pressure regulators and safety devices

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Excerpt

“General Operating Instructions ...“ (excerpt)

373

2.2 Connecting pipes

The dimensions and types of threads of the

lines can be seen from the individual leaflets.

The pipes have to be dimensioned in a way

to ensure proper function of the devices. The

measuring impulse lines convey the actual

outlet pressure from the mea-suring point to

the diaphragm assembly or pilot of the gas

pressure regulator, or to the measuring unit

of the safety shut-off- or safety relief valve.

Separate measuring impulse lines for each

device should be connected to the pipe

laterally or towards the top.

The measuring lines of safety devices have

to be connected upstream of the first outlet

gate valve so that they cannot be shut off.

If the measuring impulse line is additionally

being connected behind the first outlet gate

valve, changing over has to be done with

special 3-way-ball valves (It is not possible

to shut both measuring lines with these

valves).

The breathing lines connect the diaphragm

unit with the open atmosphere; gas will flow

through the breathing line should the

diaphragm burst.

Breathing and vent lines can be combined

into a collective connecting pipe,

the cross section of which should be at least

5 times the sum of the cross sections of the

individual connecting pipes.

It is recommended to install the breathing

lines of the main safety devices separately.

Breathing lines may never be combined with

the vent lines.

Vent lines vent gas into the open

atmosphere.

Bleed lines of pilot-operated gas pressure

regulators bleed gas into the pipe section

downstream of the regulator. Certain devices

have combined bleed and return lines.

Return lines of pilot-operated gas pressure

regulators convey the outlet pressure to the

diaphragm assembly.



374



GDR measuring line

SAV measuring line SBV

vent lines

outlet gate valve

mea-suringpoint

breathing line

5 x DN 3 x DN*

SAV GDR

DN

GDR measuring lineSAV measuring line

SBVvent lines

outletgate valve

SAV GDR mea-suring

line

breathing line

5 x DN

bleed linereturn linepilot

DN

3 x DN*

2.3 installation examples

fig. 1: spring-loaded gas pressure regulator with downstream expansion

fig. 2: pilot-operated gas pressure regulator with downstream expansion, outlet pressure gauge with overpressure protection

375



GDR measuring lineSAV measuring line

SBVvent line

outlet gate valve

SAV GDR mea-suringpoint

breathing line

2,5 x DN

bleed linereturn linepilot

DN

3 x DN*

GDR measuring line

SAV measuring line

SBV

vent line

outlet gate valve

mea-suring

line3 x DN*

SAV 2

SAV 1 GDR

breathing lines

SAV measuring line

bleed line

return linepilot

3-way ball valves

DN

5 x DN

fig. 3: pilot-operated gas pressure regulator with noise-reducing outlet duct, outlet pressure gauge with overpressure protection

fig. 4: pilot-operated gas pressure regulator, 2 safety shut-off valves, expansion downstream of the outlet gate valve, with special 3-way ball valves for switching the measuring lines from start-up point to normal measuring point and back

376

2.4 Leakage test

(test of external tightness)

Gas pressure regulators and safety devices

are subjected to a strength and leakage test

at the works acc. to DIN 3380 (gas pressure

regulators) and DIN 3381 (safety-shut-off-

and safety relief valves).

According to DVGW instructions G 490 and

G 491 respectively, the complete installation

has to undergo, at site, a final leakage test

by air or inert gas at 1.1 times the maximum

permissible service pressure.

Inlet chamber

• chamber in front of the control element of

the gas pressure regulator

Test pressure = 1.1 x pzul (pzul = PNE)

PNE = rated pressure inlet side

pzul = maximum permissible pressure

Outlet chamber

• chamber between control element of the

gas pressure regulator and

first outlet gate valve

Test pressure = maximum permissible

working pressure

We recommend to choose the test pressure

at 1.1 times the upper

response pressure pso of the safety shut-

off valve.

recommended test pressure = 1,1 x pso

Attention: test pressures exceeding the

afore stipulated values should be confirmed

by the manufacturer.

• chamber behind first outlet gate valve

Test pressure = 1,1 x pzul (pzul = PNA)

PNA = rated pressure outlet side

Note:

Always increase the test pressure slowly and

smoothly.

Observe:

Pressure in the outlet chamber Pressure in

the inlet chamber

Pressurize always from the inlet side (inlet

chamber).

De-pressurize always from the outlet side

(outlet chamber).

Attention:

The outlet pressure fed back to the

diaphragm assembly must not exceed the

adjusted setpoint by more than 0,5 bar for

spring loaded devices. E.g. with a slackened

setpoint spring the maximum test pressure

must not exceed 0.5 bar.



377

Complementary RMG-leaflets:

In addition to the complete general operating

instruction which still compounds general

operating instructions in table forms and

tables for determination of faults, the follo-

wing information sheets are availbale for gas

pressure regulating devices and safety

devi-es:

General descriptive leaflet (contain):

- technical data

- dimensions

- design and operation

- installation

- sizing

- order data

leaflet serial number XXX.00

example for type of device RMG 402:

leaflet 402 .00

Operation and maintenacnce instructions/

spare part lists (contain):

- specific operating instructions for each

valve

- maintenance instructions

- spare parts drawing

- spare part list

leaflet serial number XXX.20

example for type of device RMG 402:

leaflet 402 .20



378


“General Operating Instructions ...“ (excerpt)s

lubricants

application

o-ring sealings(static or moving)

diaphragms with thick rim,flat sealing rings

inserted threaded boltsand screwsin the valve body

sliding areas off valve stems,valve stem bearings,guide bushes

moving part s in SSV actuatorsand SSV switching units:ball release mechanism,switching balls and pins,ball bearings

valve sleeve andvalve sleeve sealingsin gas pressure regulators

setpoint adjusting screws(moving screws), threadedmaterial in combination Al/Al

devices for oxygen

devices for ammonia

NOTE: Observe possible additional hints in the leaflets „Operation and Maintenance,Spare Parts“ (marked *.20)!

lubricant

silicone greaseRMG stock no. 00 027 081

Unisilikonfett TK 44 N2RMG stock no. 00 027 052

Anti-Seize AS450RMG stock no. 00 027 091

sliding oil: stock no. 00 026 562grease: stock no. 00 026 563

fluorsilicone greaseRMG stock no. 00 027 660

remarks

parts are to begreased onlywith a thin layer

parts are to begreased thinly

379



special assembly tools, part 1

type of device

RMG 330 diaphragm assembly 1RMG 361 diaphragm assembly 1

RMG 300RMG 835

RMG 408

safety cut-off unit forRMG 300, RMG 330, RMG 332,RMG 340, RMG 345, RMG 361,RMG 408

safety shut-off valve (SSV)RMG 720

SSV RMG 720 K4, K5, K6

SSV RMG 720 DN 150SSV RMG 721 DN 50 - 150

RMG 361DN 25 and DN 50




tool for

setpoint adjustment0,020 bar to 0,5 bar

setpoint adjustment0,5 bar to 1,0 bar

adjustment of outlet press.and safety relief pressure

actuator assembly

setpoint adjustment foroverpressure and under-pressure release

2-pin - type face spanner

2-pin - type face spanner

actuator assembly

actuator assembly

SSV assembly

SSV assembly

stock no.

00026502

10004911

10004254

10007895

10004912

10008582

10008790

15801206

15801216

15801205

15801215

380



special assembly tools, part 2

type of device

RMG 265RMG 267, RMG 268RMG 630 to RMG 640RMG 650 to RMG 659RMG 670, RMG 671

RMG 710 DN 25 to DN 150RMG 711 DN 200 to DN 300RMG 721 DN 50 to DN 150

RMG 672K10, K10a, K11, K11aK12, K13, K14

RMG 672K12, K13, K14

RMG 790


tool for

assembly tool

testing unit withadaptor foradjustment ofmanual release

assembly screw M4(2x)

slide gauge foradjustment ofmanual release

slide gauge forSSV actuators

hexagon socket screw keyfor SSV setpoint adjustmt.

adjustment key

mounting bush forVariSeal-ring

mounting bush formotor shaft

stock .

19083319

10001935

10000716

10001943

10001947

00026266

10008299

10024434

18357199

Attention: Only the standard assembly tools have been mentioned!

381

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Notes


382

measuring units prescribed by law

size units prescribed by law

examples of examples ofsymbol SI-unitsrecommended hitherto conversions

definition units („non usedcoherent“, unitsderived units)

pressure p N/m2, Mpa, bar, mbar kp/cm2, at 1 N/m2 = 1 PaPa,(Pascal)

absolute press. pa 105 Pa = 0,1 M Pa = 1 bar

overpressure pü 1 kp/cm2 = 0,981 bar 1bar

differ. pressure ∆p 10 mm WS + 0,981 mbar 1mbar

atm. pressure mbar mbar, Torr 1 Torr = 1,333 mbar

mechanical σ, τ N/m2 N/mm2 kp/cm2, 1kp/mm2 = 9,81 N/mm2 10 Nmm 2

stress kp/mm2 1kp/cm2 = 0,096N/mm2

work, energy W, A, Nm, J MJ kpm, kWh 1 Nm = 1 J = 1 Wsquantity E (Joule) (Mega-Joule)

of heat Q kcal 1 kpm = 9,81 J 10 J1 kcal = 4186,8 J1 kWh = 3,6 MJ

power P, N J/s, W kW MW kW, PS, kpm/s 1 J/s = 1 W(Watt)

heating capacity qw kcal/h 1 kpm/s = 9,81 W 10 W1 PS = 735,5 W

1 kcal/h = 1,16 W

temperatue T, t K °C °K, °C, grd(Kelvin)

gas constant R J/K kg kpm/°K kg 1 kpm/°K kg = 9,81 J/K kg

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Measuring Units Prescribed by Law

general conversion tables

383

1) SI-unit (basic unit)

2) American and English length units

units of length

unit description units prescribed by lawm1) cm mm

1 km kilometre 1000 105 106

1 m metre 1 100 1000

1 dm decimetre 0,1 10 100

1 cm centimetre 0,01 1 10

1 mm millimetre 0,001 0,1 1

1 µm micrometre 10-6 10-4 0,001

1 nm nanometre 10-9 10-7 10-6

1 pm picometre 10-12 10-10 10-9

1 in inch 2) 0,0254 2,54 25,4

1 mil milli inch 2) 2,54 · 10-5 0,00254 0,0254

1 µin micro inch 2) 2,54 · 10-8 2,54 · 10-6 2,54 · 10-5

1 ft foot 2) 0,3048 30,48 304,8

1 yd yard 2) 0,9144 91,44 914,4

1 fathom = 2 yd 2) 1,8288 182,88 1828,8

1 rod = 1 pole =1 perch = 5,5 yd 5,0292 502,92 5029,2

1 chain = 22 yd 2) 20,1168 2011,68 20116,8

1 furlong = 220 yd 2) 201,168 20116,8 2,01 · 105

1 mile statute mile 2) 1609,34 1,6 · 105 1,6 · 106

1 n mile nautical mile = sm 1852 1,852· 105 1,852 · 106

= international nautical mile

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Length


384

1) SI-unit (basic unit)2) American and English length units3) American units of area

units of area

units prescribed by lawunit description km2 m2 1) cm2 mm2

1 km2 square kilometre 1 106 1010 1012

1 m2 square metre 10-6 1 104 106

1 dm2 square decimetre 10-8 0,01 100 10000

1 cm2 square centimetre 10-10 0,0001 1 100

1 mm2 square millimetre 10-12 10-6 0,01 1

1 a are 0.0001 100 106 108

1 ha hectare 0.01 10000 1010 1010

1 in2 (sq in) square inch 2) 6.452 · 10-10 0.00065 6.452 645.2

1 cir in circular inch = π /4 in 2 2) 5.067 · 10-10 5.067 · 10-4 5.067 506.7

1 cir mil circular mil = π /4 mil 2 2) 5.067 · 10-16 5.067 · 10-10 5.067 · 10-6 0.00051

1 mil2 square mil 2) 6.452 · 10-16 6.452 · 10-10 6.452 · 10-6 0.00065(sq mil)

1 ft2 (sq ft) square foot 2) 9.29 · 10-8 0.0929 929 92900

1 yd2 square yard 2) 83.61 · 10-8 0.8361 8361 836100(sq yd)

1 rod2 = 1 sq pole=1sq perch 2) 25.29 · 10-6 25.29 25.29 · 104 25.29 · 106

(sq rd)

1 chain2 square chain=16 rod2 2) 0.0004 404.684 4.04 · 106 4.04 · 108

1 rood = 40 rod2 2) 0.00101 1011.71 1.012 · 107 1.012 · 109

1 acre = 4 rood 2) 0.00405 4046.86 4.047 · 107 4.047 · 109

1 mile2 square mile=1 section 3) 2.59 2.59 · 106 2.59 · 1010 2.59 · 1012

1 township = 36 mile2 3) 93.24 93.24 · 106 9.24 · 1010 93.24 · 1012

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Area


385

units of volume

unit definitionunits prescribed by law

m3 1) dm3 = l

1 m3 cubic metre 1 1000

1 dm3 = 1I cubic dezimetre/litre 0.001 1

1 cm3 cubic centimetre 10-6 0.001

1 mm3 cubic millimetre 10-9 10-6

1 in3 cubic inch (cu in) 2) 3) 1.64 · 10-5 0.01639

1 ft3 cubic foot (cu ft) 2) 3) 0.02832 28.3168

1 yd3 cubic yard (cu yd) 2) 3) 0.76456 764.555

1 gal gallon 3) 0.00455 4.54609

1 gal gallon 2) 0.00379 3.78541

1 bushel = 8 gallon 3) 0.03637 36.369

1 bushel = 4 pecks 2) 0.03524 35.239

1 quart = 2 pint 3) 0.00114 1.13652

1 pint (pt) = 4 gills 3) 5.68 · 10-4 0.56826

1 liq quart 4) = 2 liq pt 2) 9.46 · 10-4 0.94635

1 liq pt 4) = 4 gills 2) 4.73 · 10-4 0.473

1 RT Registerton = 100 ft3 2) 3) 2.832 2832

1 ocean ton = 40 ft 3) 2) 3) 1,1327 1132.7

1) SI-unit

2) American units of volume

3) English units of volume

4) Only for liquids

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Volume


386

1) SI-unit 3) English measuring unit2) American measuring unit 4) French measuring unit

units of mass

unit description units prescribed by lawt kg1) g

1 t ton 1 1000 10-6

1 kg kilogram 0.001 1 1000

1 g gram 10-6 0.001 1

1 Kt metric carat 2 · 10-7 0.0002 0,2

1 gr grain 2) 3) 6.48 · 10-8 6.48 · 10-5 0.0648

1 dr dram 2) 3) 1.77 · 10-6 0.00177 1.77184

1 oz ounce 2) 3) 2.835 · 10-5 0.02835 28.3495

1 Ib pound 2) 3) 4.536 · 10-4 0.45359 453.592

1 long cwt long hundredweight 0.0508 50.8023 50802.3

1 sh cwt short hundredweight 0.04536 45.3592 45359.2

1 long tn long ton 2) 3) 1.01605 1016.05 1016050

1 sh tn short ton 2) 3) 0.90718 907.185 907185

1 slug - 2) 3) 0.01459 14.5939 14593.9

1 st stone = 14 Ib 3) 0.00635 6.35 6350

1 qr quarter = 28 Ib 3) 0.0127 12.7006 12700.6

1 quintal = 100 Ib = 1 sh cwt 2) 0.04536 45.3592 45395.2

1 tdw ton dead weight 1.016 1016 1.016 · 106

units of force

unit description units prescribed by lawkN N1)

1 kN Kilonewton 1 1000

1 N = 1kg m/s2 Newton 0.001 1

1 kp Kilopond 0.0098 0.01 9.80665 10

1 dyn Dyn 10-8 10-5

1 Ibf 3) pound-force 2) 3) 0.00445 4.44822

1 pdl poundal 2) 3) 1.3 · 10-4 0.138255

1 sn sthène 4) 1 10-3

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Mass


387

1) SI-unit2) American and English unit3) French unit4) normal pressure

units of power and stress

unit description units prescribed by lawPa1) bar mbar µbar N/mm2 N/m2

1 Pa = Pascal 1 10-5 0.01 10 106 11 N/m2

1 bar Bar 105 1 1000 106 0.1 105

1 mbar Millibar 100 0.001 1 1000 0.0001 100

1 µbar Mikrobar 0.1 10-6 0.001 1 10-7 0.1

1 N/mm2 Newton pro mm2 106 10 10000 107 1 106

1 kp/mm2 Kilopond pro mm2 9.8 · 106 98.0665 98066.5 9.8 · 107 9.80665 9.8 · 106

technical1 at atmosphere = 98066.5 0.98066 980.665 9.8 · 105 0.0981 98066.5

1 kp/cm2

1 kp/m2 = 1mm WS 9.80665 9.8 · 10-5 0.0981 98.0665 9.8 · 10-6 9.80665

1 Torr Torr 133.322 0.00133 1.33322 1333.22 1.3 · 10-4 133.322

1 atm physical 101325 1.01325 1013.25 1.01 · 106 0.10133 101325atmosphere 4)

1 Ibf/in2 pound-force per 6894.76 0.0689 68.948 68948 0.00689 6894.76square inch (psi) 2)

1 Ibf/ft2 pound-force per 47.8803 0.00048 0.4788 478.8 4.7 · 10-5 47.8803square foot (psf) 2)

1 tonf/in2 (long) ton-force 1.54 · 107 154.443 154443 1.54 · 108 15.4443 1.54 · 107

per square inch 2)

1 barye Barye 3) 0.1 10-6 0.001 1 10-7 0.1

1 pz piece = 1sn/m2 3) 1000 0,01 10 10000 0.001 1000

1 dyn/ dyn = unit used 0.1 10-6 0.001 1 10-7 0.1cm2 in physics

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Power and Stress


388

1) SI-unit 3) English measuring units2) American measuring units 4) French measuring units

units of power

unit description units prescribed by lawkW W1)

1 kW kilowatt 1 1000

1 W=1J/s=Nm/s watt 0.001 1

1 PS HP 0.7355 735.499

1 kpm/s kilopond metre pro second 9.807 · 10-3 9.80665

1 kcal/s kilocalorie pro second 4.1868 4186.8

1 hp horse power 2) 0.7457 745.7

1 Btu/s British thermal unit per sec. 3) 1.05506 1055.06

1 ft Ibf/s foot pound force per sec. 2) 1.356 · 10-3 1.35582

1 ch cheval vapeur 4) = 1PS 0.7355 735.499

1 poncelet = 100 kpm/s 0.981 980.665

units of energy (units of work)

unit description units prescribed by lawkWh J1)

1 kWh kilowatt hour 1 3.6 106

1 J=1 Ws=1 Nm Joule 277.8 10-9 1

1 PS h HP hour 0.73550 2.6476 106

1 kpm kilopond metre 2.724 10-6 9.80665

1 kcal kilogram calorie 1.163 10-3 4186.8

1 ft Ibf foot pound force2) 376.6 10-9 1.3558

1 Btu British thermal unit3) 293.1 10-6 1055.16

1 in ozf inch ounce-force2) 1.96 10-9 0.00706

1 ft pdl foot poundal2) 1.17 10-8 0.04214

1 thermie = 1000 frigories4) 1.16273 4.1855 · 106

1 erg Erg (phys.) 2.778 10-13 10-7

1 I atm litre atmosphere 2.81 10-5 101.16

1 SKE coal equivalent 8.72 31.4 106

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Units of Energy, Units of Power


389

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Comparison Tables for Temperature


comparison of °C- °F- °R- K - °Ra°C °F °R K °Ra

-100 -148 - 80 173.15 311.68-90 -130 - 72 183.15 329.68-80 -112 - 64 193.15 347.68-70 -94 - 56 203.15 365.68-60 -76 - 48 213.15 383.68-50 -58 - 40 223.15 401.68-40 -40 - 32 233.15 419.68-30 -22 - 24 243.15 437.68-25 -13 - 20 248.15 446.68-20 -4 - 16 253.15 455.68-15 5 - 12 258.15 464.68-10 14 -8 263.15 473.68-5 23 -4 268.15 482.680 32 0 273.15 491.685 41 4 278.15 500.68

10 50 8 283.15 509.6815 59 12 288.15 518.6820 68 16 293.15 527.6825 77 20 298.15 536.6830 86 24 303.15 545.6835 95 28 308.15 554.6840 104 32 313.15 563.6850 122 40 323.15 581.6860 140 48 333.15 599.6870 158 56 343.15 617.6880 176 64 253.15 635.6890 194 72 363.15 653.68

100 212 80 373.15 671.68

°C = degrees Celsius

°F = degrees Fahrenheit

°R = degrees Réaumur

K = Kelvin

°Ra = degrees Rankine

zero point:

0°C = 0°R = 32°F

0°F = -17.78°C = -14.22°R

absolute zero point:

0 K = -273.15°C = -459.69°F

= -218°R = 0°Ra

conversion formulas:

°C = 5/9 (°F - 32) = 5/4°R

°F = 9/5°C + 32= 9/4°R + 32

= 4/9 (°F -32) = 4/5°C

K = °C + 273.15

390

kWh

m3

kWh

m3

kWh

m3

kJ

kgK

kJ

kgK

kg

m3

WoHu,nHo,ncp

γ =cv

cvcpdρn

specificvalues for technical gases

normal density specific isen- com- heat upperdensity relation heat tropic bustion value wobbe

at 20°C and expo- indexair =1 1.013 bar nent

gas or symbol or

gas mixture formula

ethane C2H6 1.355 1.048 1.76 1.22 19.55 17.90 19.08ammonia NH3 0.771 0.597 2.09 1.72 1.29 4.83 4.00 6.25

acetylene C2H2 1.172 0.906 1.67 1.34 1.26 16.25 15.7 17.06butane C4H10 2.708 2.094 1.66 37.23 34.32 25.75

chlorine CI2 3.21 2.482 0.50 0.29 1.37natural gas - 0.83 0.643 1.89 1.44 1.31 9.77 8.84 12.17

helium He 0.179 0.138 5.23 3.18 1.66carbon CO 1.251 0.967 1.05 0.75 1.40 3.51 3.51 3.56

monoxide

town gas - to to 2.14 1.59 1.40 5.35 4.77 8.440.55 0.425

air - 1.293 1.00 1.00 0.71 1.40methane CH4 0.718 0.555 2.22 1.72 1.30 11.06 9.97 14.83

propane C3H8 2.011 1.555 1.14 28.03 25.81 22.47oxygen O2 1.429 1.105 0.92 0.75 1.40

sulphur SO2 2.931 2.267 0.63 0.5 1.26dioxide

nitrogen N2 1.251 0.967 1.05 0.75 1.40hydrogen H2 0.09 0.07 14.28 10.13 1.41 3.54 2.99 13.39

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Specific Values for Technical Gases

conversion tables for the gas industry

391

m3

m3

kJ

kg°C°Cbar

J

kgK

Lrtkpk( )pa

pekRi

specificvalues for technical gases

spec. crit. critical critical ebullition evapo- airgas press. pressure tempe- tempe- ration con-con- rela- absolute rature rature sump-stant tion at 1,013 heat tion

gas or symbol or bar value

gas mixture formula

ethane C2H6 276.60 0.561 49.6 32.3 -88.6 540 16.84ammonia NH3 488.40 0.548 113 132.4 -33.4 1369 3.63

acetylene C2H2 319.70 0.553 62.5 36.3 -104 829 11.99butane C4H10 143

chlorin CI2 117.30 0.534 77.1 144 -35 260natural gas - 450 0.545 8.38

helium He 2077 0.488 2.2 -268 -269 25

carbon CO 297.10 0.528 35 -140.2 -191.5 216 2.38

monoxide

towngas - 0.528 4.20

air - 287.30 0.528 37.7 -140.7 -194 197methane CH4 518.80 0.546 46.3 82.5 -161.7 548 9.53

propane C3H8 188.70 5.576 42.5 96.8 -42.6 448 24.23oxygen O2 259.90 0.528 50.4 -118.8 -183 214

sulphur SO2 129.80 0.553 78.9 157.3 -10 402dioxide

nitrogen N2 296.7 0.528 34 -147 -196 201hydrogen H2 4124.7 0.527 12.9 -240 -253 461 2.38

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Specific Values for Technical Gases


392

1) NN = normal zero point = zero point of Amsterdam level

normal atmosphere (to DIN 5450)

altitude tempe- pressure relation density relation satura- boilingabove rature p ρ ted tempera.NN1) t p/pn ρ/ρn pressure of waterm °C mbar kg/m3 mbar °C

troposphere 0 15 1013 1 1.226 1 17 100

200 13.7 989 0.98 1.202 0.981 15.6 99

500 11.8 955 0.94 1.168 0.953 13.7 98

1000 8.5 899 0.89 1.112 0.907 11 97

2000 2 795 0.78 1.007 0.822 7 93

4000 -11 616 0.61 0.819 0.669 2.4 87

6000 -24 472 0.47 0.660 0.538 0.66 81

8000 -37 356 0.35 0.525 0.429 0.13 74

11000 -56.5 226 0.22 0.364 0.297 65

stratosphere 15000 -56.5 120 0.12 0.194 0.158 51

20000 -56.5 55 0.05 0.088 0.072 37

25000 -56.5 25 0.03 0.040 0.030 2

30000 -56.5 11 0.01 0.020 0.010 15

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Standard Atmosphere


393

pressure ranges to DIN

1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400

deviation tolerances for weights:

cast iron/cast steel

up to DN 300 ± 5% ± 10%

above DN 300

up to DN 600 ± 7.5% ± 12.5%

above DN 600 ± 10% ± 15%

deviation of dimensions and weights:

face-to-face dimensions may have the

following deviation tolerances:

up to 200 mm ................ ± 1

above 200 to 400 ...... ± 2

above 400 to 600 ...... ± 3

above 600 to 800 ...... ± 4

above 800 to 1000 ...... ± 5

above 1000 to 1600 ...... ± 6

above 1600 .......................... ± 8

excerpt from DIN 3230

large size and steam equipment; technical conditions of delivery

The figures stated in the above table represent the PN (nominal pressure) - ratings and refer

to a service condition at 20°C.

For iron materials according to the table shown in DIN 2401, leaf 2, the maximum

permissible service pressure can -under certain conditions- be applied up to 120°C.

pressure ranges to ANSI

ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500

20 50 67.5 100 150 250 420

The pressures of the above table are stated in bar and refer to permissible in a temperature

range from -28,9°C up to +37,8°C for steels of class C.

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Pressure Ranges


394

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Flange Dimensions


*) The pressures stated in brackets (to ANSI, in bar) refer to a temperature range of -28.9°C to +37.8°C

flange dimensions to DIN and ANSI

395

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Flange Dimensions


flange dimensions to DIN and ANSIPN ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI

DN dimen. PN 10 PN16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 63 100 150 300 400 600DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN (20)* (50)* (67.5)* (100)*2501 2501 2501 2501 2501 2501

D 165 165 165 165 180 195 153 165 165 165k 125 125 125 125 135 145 120.6 127 127 127

50 n 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8thread M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24 M16 M16 M16 M16I 18 18 18 18 22 26 19 19 19 19D 200 200 200 200 215 230 191 210 210 210k 160 160 160 160 170 180 152.4 168.3 168.3 168.3

80 n 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8thread M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24 M16 M20 M20 M20I 18 18 18 18 22 26 19 22.5 22.5 22.5D 220 220 235 235 250 265 229 254 254 273k 180 180 190 190 200 210 190.5 200 200 215.9

100 n 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8thread M16 M16 M20 M20 M24 M27 M16 M20 M24 M24I 18 18 22 22 26 30 19 22.5 25.5 25.5D 285 285 300 300 345 355 280 318 318 356k 240 240 250 250 280 290 241.3 269.9 269.9 292.1

150 n 8 8 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12thread M 20 M 20 M 24 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 20 M 20 M 24 M 27I 22 22 26 26 33 33 22.5 22.5 25.5 29D 340 340 360 375 415 430 343 381 381 419k 295 295 310 320 345 360 298.4 330.2 330.2 349.2

200 n 8 12 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12thread M 20 M 20 M 24 M 27 M 33 M 33 M 20 M 24 M 27 M 30I 22 22 26 30 36 36 22.5 25.5 29 32D 395 405 425 450 470 505 407 444 444 508k 350 355 370 385 400 430 361.9 387.3 387.3 431.8

250 n 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16thread M 20 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33I 22 26 30 33 36 39 25,5 29 32 35D 445 460 485 515 530 585 483 521 521 559k 400 410 430 450 460 500 431.8 450.8 450.8 488.9

300 n 12 12 16 16 16 16 12 16 16 20thread M 20 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 39 M 24 M 30 M 33 M 33I 22 26 30 33 36 42 25.5 32 35 35

396

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Volume Contents of Pipelines


internal volume of ANSI pipesintern. external contents of pipelines in litre (0,001m3)

pipe pipe with average pipe wall thickness (strength 2)

dia. dia. pipe length in m

in mm in mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

15 21,3 0,19 0,38 0,57 0,75 0,94 1,13 1,32 1,51 1,70 1,89

20 26,9 0,35 0,70 1,05 1,40 1,75 2,10 2,45 2,80 3,15 3,50

25 33,7 0,55 1,10 1,65 2,21 2,76 3,31 3,86 4,41 4,96 5,25

32 42,4 0,97 1,95 2,92 3,89 4,87 5,84 6,81 7,79 8,76 9,73

40 48,3 1,33 2,65 3,98 5,31 6,63 7,96 9,29 10,61 11,94 13,27

50 60,3 2,15 4,30 6,45 8,59 10,74 12,89 15,04 17,19 19,34 21,49

65 76,1 3,31 6,62 9,93 13,23 16,54 19,85 23,16 26,47 29,78 33,09

80 88,9 4,74 9,48 14,23 18,97 23,71 28,45 33,20 37,94 42,68 47,42

100 114,3 8,12 16,25 24,37 32,50 40,62 48,75 56,87 64,99 73,12 81,24

125 139,7 12,69 25,38 38,07 50,76 63,45 76,14 88,83 101,51 114,2 126,89

150 168,3 18,65 37,31 55,96 74,61 93,27 111,92 130,57 149,22 167,88 186,53

200 219,1 32,40 64,80 97,20 129,61 162,01 194,41 226,81 259,21 291,61 324,02

250 273,0 50,28 100,56 150,84 201,12 251,4 301,67 351,95 402,23 452,51 502,79

300 323,9 72,55 145,09 217,64 290,18 362,73 435,27 507,82 580,36 652,91 725,45

400 406,4 117,28 234,56 351,84 469,12 586,4 703,67 820,95 938,23 1055,51 1172,79

500 508,0 187,06 374,12 561,19 748,25 935,31 1122,37 1309,43 1496,50 1683,56 1870,62

600 609,6 273,06 546,12 819,19 1092,25 1365,31 1638,37 1911,43 2184,50 2457,56 2730,62

397

internal volume of ANSI pipesintern. external contents of pipelines in litre (0,001m3)

pipe pipe with average pipe wall thickness (strength 2)

dia. dia. pipe length in m

in inch in mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1/2 21,3 0,20 0,39 0,59 0,78 0,98 1,18 1,37 1,57 1,76 1,96

3/4 26,7 0,34 0,69 1,03 1,38 1,72 2,06 2,41 2,75 3,10 3,44

1 33,4 0,56 1,11 1,67 2,23 2,79 3,34 3,90 4,46 5,02 5,57

1 1/4 42,2 0,96 1,93 2,89 3,86 4,82 5,79 6,75 7,72 8,68 9,64

1 1/2 48,3 1,31 2,63 3,94 5,26 6,57 7,88 9,20 10,51 11,83 13,14

2 60,3 2,17 4,33 6,50 8,66 10,83 13,00 15,16 17,33 19,49 21,66

2 1/2 73,0 3,09 6,18 9,27 12,36 15,45 18,53 21,62 24,71 27,80 30,89

3 88,9 4,77 9,54 14,31 19,08 23,85 28,62 33,38 38,15 42,92 47,69

4 114,3 8,21 16,43 24,64 32,86 41,07 49,28 57,50 65,71 73,93 82,14

5 141,3 12,91 25,82 38,73 51,64 64,55 77,46 90,37 103,28 116,19 129,10

6 168,3 18,64 37,29 55,93 74,57 93,22 111,86 130,50 149,15 167,79 186,43

8 219,1 32,28 64,56 96,84 129,12 161,40 193,68 225,96 258,24 290,52 322,80

10 273,1 50,88 101,76 152,64 203,52 254,41 305,20 356,17 407,05 457,973 508,81

12 323,9 72,97 145,94 218,91 291,88 364,85 437,82 510,79 583,76 656,73 729,71

16 406,4 117,85 235,70 353,55 471,40 589,25 707,10 824,95 942,80 1060,65 1178,50

20 508,0 187,78 375,57 563,35 751,13 938,92 1126,70 1314,48 1502,27 1690,05 1877,83

24 609,6 273,93 547,87 821,80 1095,73 1369,67 1643,60 1917,53 2191,47 2465,40 2739,33

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Volume Contents of Pipelines


398

Title Special offprint from Author„Gas-Druckregelung und Sicherheit“ Die Industriefeuerung Dr. G. Weidner

Heft 5/75

„Geräuschreduzierung bei Neue Deliwa Zeitung R. FischerGas-Druckregelgeräten“ Heft 11/75

„Hochdruckregelgeräte für Erdgas“ Gaswärme International Dr. G. WeidnerHeft 3/76

„Erdgas-Reduzier- und Meßstationen Gaswärme International Dr. B. Höftfür Industriefeuerungsanlagen“ Heft 3/76

„Entwicklung eines Gas-Druckregelgerätes Gaswärme International R. Fischerunter besonderer Berücksichtigung schall- Heft 2-3/T8technischer Gesichtspunkte“

„Regler für Gas-Druckregelgeräte mit gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. FischerHilfsenergie“ Heft 2/78

„Die Absicherung der Wasserseite von Gaswärme International Dr. G. WeidnerVorwärmern in Gas-Druckregelanlagen“ Heft 12/78

„Gas-Druckregelgeräte in Gaswärme International Dr. G. WeidnerFunktionsgruppentechnik“ Heft 2-3/78

„Druck- und Mengenregelung bei Gaswärme International W. DittmannAusnutzung der Speicherkapazität Heft 12/79von Gas-Rohrnetzen“

„Gas-Druckregelung in Abhängigkeit vom Gaswärme International R. Fischer/Wobbeindex“ Heft 12/79 K.-H. Pflüger

„Maximal möglicher Betriebsdruck in einem 3 R international R. FischerGas-Leitungssystem unter Berücksichti- Heft 4/81gung der Druckabsicherung am Eingang“

„Wärmestromregelung bei Einsatz unter- Gaswärme International R. Fischer/schiedlicher Erdgasqualitäten an einer Heft 5/81 U. Opitz/Glasschmelzwanne“ E. Timm

„Gas-Druckregelgerät für Brenneranlagen Die Industriefeuerung R. Fischer/mit Störgrößenaufschaltung der Heft 19/81 K.-H. PflügerGasqualität“

„Sauerstoffregelung in Gas- und Gaswärme International K.-H. Pflüger/Ölfeuerungsanlagen durch Beeinflussung Heft 2-3/82 J.-P. Arning

des Brennstoffdruckes“

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables RMG publications

399

Title Special offpring from Author„Gas-Druckregelgeräte und Sicherheits- Neue Deliwa Zeitung K.-H. Wagnereinrichtungen für Brenneranlagen“ Heft 6/82

„Regelung und Absicherung von Heizungs-Journal K.-H. WagnerGasfeuerstätten“ Heft 2/83

„Gas-Regelstrecken an Gasmotoren“ gas - Int. Zeitschrift K.-H. WagnerHeft 2/84

„Mengenregelung und Bezugsoptimierung gwf - Gas/Erdgas E. Könneker/in mittleren und kleineren Gas-Über- Heft 8/84 R. Fischernahmestationen“

„Schwingungsvorgänge in Gas-Druckregel- 3 R international G. Bayer/anlagen bei einer SAV-Abschaltung“ Heft 5-6/85 R. Fischer

„Gas-Druckregelanlagen mit auto- Gaswärme international K.-H. Pflüger/matischer Wobbeindexkorrektur für Heft 6/86 K.-H. Wagnerdeponiegasbetriebene Gasmotoren“

Neue Geräte für die Gas-Druckregelung“ 3 R international R. FischerHeft 8/87

„Funktionsleitungen von Gas-Druckregel- gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischergeräten und Sicherheitseinrichtungen“ Heft 9/90

„Dynamisches Verhalten von Gas-Druck- gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischerregelgeräten mit Hilfsenergie“ Heft 8/92

Die Membranbruchsicherung beim gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. FischerSicherheitsabsperrventil“

Heft 5/93„Elektronische Systeme in gwf-Gas/Erdgas K.-H. PflügerRegelanlagen“ Heft 8/93

„Absicherung des Wärmetauschers bei gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischerder Erdgas-Vorwärmung“ Heft 5/94

„Gas-Druckregelgeräte und Sicherheits- Rohrleitungstechnik R. Fischereinrichtungen für Gas-Verteilungssysteme“ Heft 6/94

Armaturen in der Gastechnik“ Industriearmaturen F. KützHeft 3/94

„Mengenregelventile“ gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. FischerHeft 2/95


400

Title Special offpring from Author„ Sicherheitsarmaturen in Anlagen der gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. FischerGasversorgung“ Heft 2/95

„Einrichtungen zur Optimierung von Gas- gwf-Gas/Erdgas K.-H. Pflüger/motorenanlagen bei unterbrechungsfreier Heft 11/96 K. StellwagenGasartenumschaltung und Gas-Zumisch-betrieb“

„Sicherheitsarmaturen in Anlagen der Gas- Industriearmaturen R. Fischerversorgung“ Heft 04/97

„Unterirdische Kompaktanlagen - UKA“ gwf-Gas/Erdgas R. Fischer/Heft 04/98 O. Pick

„Gas-Druckregelgeräte und Regelstrecken gwf-Gas/Erdgas K.-H. Pflüger/für Gasmotoren“ Heft 04/99 K.-H. Wagner


401

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables Notes

402

What is burnable gas? A gas or gas mixture that is burnable in a determinedmixing proportion with oxygen.

Which are the most impor- Natural gas, coke oven gas, town gas.tant burnable gases?

What is natural gas? A natural product.

How does natural gas From animal and vegetable deposits on the bottom of theoriginate? seas which -during millions of years- are chemically

transformed into hydrocarbons under the high pressureexerted by rock formation and ground deposits.

What does natural gas Mainly of the burnable methane compound (CH4).consist of?

Since when do we know About 5 000 years ago the Indo-Europeans in theabout natural gas? Caucasus found natural gas emanations to be the „Eternal

Fire“.Sumeric and Assyrian priests interpreted the gasemenating from the earth for their future tellings.

When was natural gas utilized According to British chronicles the Chinese utilized naturalfor an economic purpose for gas for the drying of salt about 900 before Christ.the first time?

Where and when was the In the saltmine in Charleston, West Virginia, in 1815.discovery of the first naturalgas field?

..and in Germany? At a water bore-hole in Neuengamme near Hamburg, in1910.

When was the first long distance On August Thyssen´s initiative the first German longgas transmission pipeline built in distance gas transmission pipeline was built fromGermany? Duisburg-Hamborn to Wuppertal-Barmen in 1910. In 1964

the German pipeline system was connected to the naturalgas network of the Netherlands, and in 1974 linked to thepipeline from Russian gas fields. These were the startingpoints of an all-European gas transmission and distributionsystem.

Which are the main types of gas Main transmission pipelines, also referred to as longmains, and which are their distance gas transmission lines are high pressureservice pressures for gas pipelines for a maximum transmission pressure of 80 bar.transmission? The regional and local gasboards supply the gas to the

end consumers through medium and low pressure lineswith a minimum supply pressure of 20 mbar.

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables useful information

403

What is an offtake station? A regulating and metering station designed to reduce thegas pressure to the level of the downstream mains and tometer the gas flow „handed over“ or „taken off“.

Why do we store natural gas? As the natural gas consumption is subject to daily andseasonal fluctuations of considerable extent, it is aneconomic necessity to store natural gas during periods oflow demand in order to secure the gas availability forperiods of high or peak demands.

How do we store natural gas? In gaseous condition.Above ground holders are used to store the gas for dailycompensation of lacks of small quantities. Large gasquantities are placed in underground storages of porousrocks or in salt caverns.

Which are the main natural We distinguish between 2 types of natural gas referred togas types and qualities? as type L and H.

„L“ stands for „low“, meaning that this type of natural gashas a combustion value of approximately 10 kWh/m3. Thisgas comes from Dutch of German fields.„H“ stands for „high“, meaning that this type of gas has acombustion value of approximately 11 ...12 kWh/m3.

What does DVGW mean? „DVGW“ is the abbreviation of „Deutscher Verein des Gas-und Wasserfaches“ - Technisch WissenschaftlicherVereinigung“. Its residence is Eschborn near Frankfurt/Main.

What is DIN-DVGW registration A DIN-DVGW registration number for a gas pressureof a gas pressure regulator or regulator or a safety device proves that this type ofa safety device? regulator or safety device has been tested and approved

of by a recognized test authority.The regulator or safety device meets the requirements laiddown in DIN Standard DIN 3380 and DIN 3381.

Basics, Definitions, and Conversion Tables useful information

404

Notes

405

Notes

406

Notes

407

Notes

408

Notes

409

Notes

410

Notes

411

Notes

412

Notes

413

Notes

414

Notes

415

Notes

416

Notes

taschenbuch_gb_02

Documents